TW201037828A - Display device - Google Patents
Display device Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- TW201037828A TW201037828A TW098144825A TW98144825A TW201037828A TW 201037828 A TW201037828 A TW 201037828A TW 098144825 A TW098144825 A TW 098144825A TW 98144825 A TW98144825 A TW 98144825A TW 201037828 A TW201037828 A TW 201037828A
- Authority
- TW
- Taiwan
- Prior art keywords
- group
- ring
- light
- display device
- organic
- Prior art date
Links
Classifications
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H10—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
- H10K—ORGANIC ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES
- H10K59/00—Integrated devices, or assemblies of multiple devices, comprising at least one organic light-emitting element covered by group H10K50/00
- H10K59/30—Devices specially adapted for multicolour light emission
- H10K59/38—Devices specially adapted for multicolour light emission comprising colour filters or colour changing media [CCM]
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H10—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
- H10K—ORGANIC ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES
- H10K85/00—Organic materials used in the body or electrodes of devices covered by this subclass
- H10K85/10—Organic polymers or oligomers
- H10K85/111—Organic polymers or oligomers comprising aromatic, heteroaromatic, or aryl chains, e.g. polyaniline, polyphenylene or polyphenylene vinylene
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H10—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
- H10K—ORGANIC ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES
- H10K85/00—Organic materials used in the body or electrodes of devices covered by this subclass
- H10K85/60—Organic compounds having low molecular weight
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H10—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
- H10K—ORGANIC ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES
- H10K85/00—Organic materials used in the body or electrodes of devices covered by this subclass
- H10K85/60—Organic compounds having low molecular weight
- H10K85/631—Amine compounds having at least two aryl rest on at least one amine-nitrogen atom, e.g. triphenylamine
- H10K85/633—Amine compounds having at least two aryl rest on at least one amine-nitrogen atom, e.g. triphenylamine comprising polycyclic condensed aromatic hydrocarbons as substituents on the nitrogen atom
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H10—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
- H10K—ORGANIC ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES
- H10K85/00—Organic materials used in the body or electrodes of devices covered by this subclass
- H10K85/60—Organic compounds having low molecular weight
- H10K85/649—Aromatic compounds comprising a hetero atom
- H10K85/652—Cyanine dyes
Landscapes
- Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- Materials Engineering (AREA)
- Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
- Spectroscopy & Molecular Physics (AREA)
- Electroluminescent Light Sources (AREA)
- Optical Filters (AREA)
- Devices For Indicating Variable Information By Combining Individual Elements (AREA)
Abstract
Description
201037828 六、發明說明: 【發明所屬之技術領域】 本發明係關於一種顯示裝置。特別係關於一種包括具有 R、G、B之像素且發出各色光之元件、以及彩色濾光片的 顯示裝置。 【先前技術】 近年來,作為以大型壁掛式電視機為首之各種電子機器 之顯示面板,使用CRT(Cathode Ray Tube,陰極射線管)顯 不器、螢光顯示管顯示器、場發射型顯示器、電致發光顯 示器、液晶顯示器等電子顯示器,且其需求增大,對於提 昇其畫質之要求變得越來越高。 作為全彩化之方式,已知有以液晶顯示裝置為代表之將 發出白色光之背光源與彩色濾光片組合之方式,但藉由於 各像素中使用發出藍、綠、紅3原色之光之發光元件的方 式追求高畫質之開發亦逐漸盛行。 作為像素中所使用之發光元件,可列舉有機電致發光元 件(有機 EL 元件·· 0rganic Electr〇_Luminescence deyices)。 有機EL元件係如下之發光元件:具有藉由負極與正極夾入 一層〜複數層較薄之有機物層之結構,自上述正極對上述 有機物層注入電洞,自上述負極對上述有機物層注入電 子’藉由電洞與電子於有機物層再結合時之再結合能量激 發有機物層中之發光材料之發光中心,利用了發光材料自 激發態失活為基態時所釋放出之光。有機EL元件具有自發 光性、高速響應性等特徵,視辨性良好,超薄型、輕量, 143898.doc 201037828 且高速響應性、動畫顯示性優異,因此業界正研究將其應 用於全形之千板顯示器。尤其是自報告有將電洞傳輸性之 有機薄膜(電洞傳輸層)與電子傳輸性之有機薄膜(電子傳輸 層)積層而成之雙層型(積層型)有機el元件(參照c· w Tang and S. A. VanSlyke, Applied Physics Letters vol 51 913 ⑽咖來’該有機肛元件作為能夠以1〇v以下之低電虔 發光的大面積發光元件而受到關注。 將分別發出與顏色之3原色(藍色(B)、綠色⑹、紅色 W)相對應之光的有機EL元件配置於基板上之3色發光 法,除畫質、色彩再現以外’就節能之觀點而言亦較佳, 且於有機EL之全彩化之方式之巾亦為有效之—種方式。 於3色發光法中,原本即使不使用彩色遽光片,有機虹 元件本身亦可發出各色光。但是,為了防止由外光反射所 引起之作為顯示器之對比度的下降,而提出有組合對應 於各發光色之彩色攄光片之方法,進而亦提出有採用微空 腔結構之方法(參照曰本專利特開2〇〇3_86358號公報)。於 微空腔結構中增加強度之光之波長例如可藉由變更微空腔 結構之光程長度而改變。因此,只要於彩色濾光片之每個 著色層中適當設定微空腔結構之光程長度,便可使最大強 度之光之波長與就亮度、色彩再現之觀點而言較佳之波長 一致。 於全彩顯示器中,先前,顯示裝置之色彩再現性之提昇 與π度之提昇處於相互折衷之關係,且長久以來業界期待 對該等作為顯示裝置之主要性能之兩種性能的並存加以改 143898.doc 201037828 亦要求於自較廣的視角 善。又’特別是對於平板顯示器 之觀察中,畫質不發生變化。 Ο201037828 VI. Description of the Invention: [Technical Field to Which the Invention Is Ascribed] The present invention relates to a display device. In particular, it relates to a display device including an element having pixels of R, G, and B and emitting color light, and a color filter. [Prior Art] In recent years, CRT (Cathode Ray Tube) display, fluorescent display tube display, field emission type display, and electric display are used as display panels for various electronic devices including large-sized wall-mounted televisions. Electronic displays such as light-emitting displays and liquid crystal displays, and their demand is increasing, and the requirements for improving the image quality thereof are becoming higher and higher. As a method of full coloring, a method of combining a backlight that emits white light and a color filter represented by a liquid crystal display device is known, but light of three primary colors of blue, green, and red is used in each pixel. The development of high-quality images in the form of light-emitting elements has also become increasingly popular. Examples of the light-emitting element used in the pixel include an organic electroluminescence element (organic EL element··0rganic Electr〇_Luminescence deyices). The organic EL device is a light-emitting device having a structure in which a plurality of thin organic layers are sandwiched between a negative electrode and a positive electrode, and a hole is injected into the organic layer from the positive electrode, and an electron is injected into the organic layer from the negative electrode. The luminescence center of the luminescent material in the organic layer is excited by the recombination energy of the hole and the electron recombining with the organic layer, and the light emitted by the luminescent material from the excited state to the ground state is utilized. The organic EL device has characteristics such as self-luminescence and high-speed responsiveness, and is excellent in visibility, ultra-thin and lightweight, and has excellent high-speed responsiveness and animated display performance. Therefore, the industry is investigating its application to full-shape. Thousands of displays. In particular, a two-layer type (stacked type) organic EL element in which an organic thin film (hole transport layer) that transmits a hole and an electron transporting organic thin film (electron transport layer) are laminated (see c·w) Tang and SA VanSlyke, Applied Physics Letters vol 51 913 (10) The organic anal element is attracting attention as a large-area light-emitting element capable of emitting light with a low power of 1 〇v or less. The three-color luminescence method in which the organic EL elements of the light (B), the green (6), and the red (W) are disposed on the substrate is preferable in terms of energy saving, in addition to image quality and color reproduction, and is organic. In the three-color illuminating method, the organic rainbow element itself can emit various colors of light. However, in order to prevent external light, the three-color illuminating method does not use a color glazing sheet. The reflection caused by the reflection is a decrease in the contrast of the display, and a method of combining the color light-emitting sheets corresponding to the respective illuminating colors is proposed, and a method using the micro-cavity structure is also proposed (refer to Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2〇〇3_8). Japanese Patent Publication No. 6358. The wavelength of light which increases the intensity in the microcavity structure can be changed, for example, by changing the optical path length of the microcavity structure. Therefore, it is necessary to appropriately set the micro color in each color layer of the color filter. The optical path length of the cavity structure allows the wavelength of the maximum intensity of light to be consistent with the preferred wavelength for brightness and color reproduction. In full color displays, previously, the color reproducibility of display devices has increased with π. The degree of improvement is in a mutually eclectic relationship, and the industry has long expected to cope with the coexistence of the two properties as the main performance of the display device. 143898.doc 201037828 also requires a good perspective from a wider perspective. In the observation of the flat panel display, the image quality does not change.
若使用將採用了微空腔結構之有飢元件與彩色滤光片 加以組合之技術,則根據上述理由可使高色彩再現性與高 党度亚存。然而,於使用了微空腔結構之光源的有機扯顯 不裝置中’存在自斜方向所觀察到之圖像與自法線方向所 硯察到之圖像相比明顯更暗的問題。除此以外,亦指出了 若自法線方向觀察圖像,繼而自斜方向觀察,則色調發生 變化的問冑’業界期待對此加以改善。關於該觀察方向依 存性之改善,提出有自器件之結構面起進行改善之方案 (參照曰本專利特開2007_27042號公報),且表示了其效 果。但是,該等方法均會導致裝置之複雜化,結果造成高 成本化,因此業界期待以更簡便之方法進行改善。 另一方面,於彩色濾光片方式之有機EL顯示裝置中,可 使用用於液晶顯示器而開發之彩色濾光片材料。於藍色 (B)、綠色⑹、紅色叫之3原色之像素中,作為綠色⑼之 像素中所使用之顏料,多使用C I.顏料綠心_般認為該 顏料就藉由微細化而提昇透過率,獲得高亮度之方面而言 較有利,但可知對於有機此顯示裝置中之高色彩再現性與 高亮度之並存而言,該顏料尚未達到足夠之水準。 又,3原色之彩色濾光片通常利用光微影法而形成但 由於需要對各色進行圖案化’因此成為導致步驟繁雜化、 良率下降之主要原因之一。 因此,業界期盼一種利用簡便之方法使有機£1^顯示裝置 143898.doc 201037828 之高色彩再現性與高亮度並存之彩色渡光片的出現。 界正研究於電衆顯示器#中進行如下嘗試:於顯 不裝置刖面使用吸收不需要波長區域之光之濾光片,而簡 便地改善對比度、声站$ 色砣度(參照日本專利特開2003-157017 號公報),但該濾光片係起輔助作用者,並非可代替光微 影法方式之彩色據光片者,尤其是迄今為止尚未進行對於 3原色之光源之研究。 【發明内容】 [發明所欲解決之問題] 考慮到上述問題點而完成之本發明之課題在於提供一種 構成簡單,可維持色彩再現性,並可達成高亮度之顯示裝 置。又,本發明之其他課題在於提供一種即使於使用了有 機EL元件之情形時,觀察方向依存性亦較小之顯示裝置。 [解決問題之技術手段] 本發明者等人進行了努力研究開發,結果發現藉由將分 別發出R、G、B光之發光元件與具有特定之吸收光譜之彩 色遽光片組合,可實現-種無損色彩再現性高亮度且觀 察方向依存性較小之顯示裝置,從而以較先前更簡便之方 法完成了本發明。 以下,揭示本發明之態樣。 <1> 一種顯示裝置,其包括:包含分別發出R、G、B光 之發光元件之3色之像素,以及彩色濾光片,且該彩色濾 光片於波長475 nm〜525 nm之範圍内具有光學密度之極大 值,波長450 nm下之光學密度相對於該光學密度之極大值 143898.doc 201037828 之比率為15%以下,而且波長550 nm下之光學密度相對於 該光學密度之極大值之比率為10%以下。 <2> —種顯示裝置’其包括:包含分別發出r、g、B光 之發光元件之3色之像素’以及彩色濾光片,該彩色滤光 片於波長550〜620 nm之範圍内具有光學密度之極大值,波 長5 0 0 nm以及波長63 0 nm下之光學密度相對於該光學密度 之極大值之比率均為12%以下。 ΟIf a technique in which a hunger element and a color filter using a microcavity structure are combined is used, high color reproducibility and high degree of sub-existence can be achieved for the above reasons. However, in the organic embossing device using the light source of the microcavity structure, there is a problem that the image observed from the oblique direction is significantly darker than the image observed from the normal direction. In addition, it is pointed out that if the image is observed from the normal direction and then observed from the oblique direction, the color tone changes. The industry expects to improve this. With regard to the improvement of the dependence of the observation direction, there has been proposed an improvement from the structural surface of the device (refer to Japanese Laid-Open Patent Publication No. 2007-27042), and the effect thereof is shown. However, these methods all lead to complication of the device, resulting in high cost, so the industry expects an improvement in an easier way. On the other hand, in the color filter type organic EL display device, a color filter material developed for a liquid crystal display can be used. In the blue (B), green (6), red, and 3 primary color pixels, as the pigment used in the green (9) pixel, the C I. pigment green core is often used. It is considered that the pigment is promoted by miniaturization. It is advantageous in terms of transmittance to obtain high luminance, but it is understood that the pigment has not yet reached a sufficient level for the coexistence of high color reproducibility and high luminance in an organic display device. Further, the color filters of the three primary colors are usually formed by the photolithography method, but it is necessary to pattern the respective colors. Therefore, the number of steps is complicated and the yield is lowered. Therefore, the industry is looking forward to the emergence of a color light-emitting sheet that combines the high color reproducibility and the high brightness of the organic display device 143898.doc 201037828 with a simple method. The company is trying to make an attempt to improve the contrast and sound station color chromaticity by using a filter that absorbs light of a wavelength region without using a filter in the display device (see Japanese Patent Special Edition). Japanese Patent Publication No. 2003-157017, however, the filter is not a substitute for the light lithography method, and in particular, the study of the light source for the three primary colors has not been performed so far. [Problem to be Solved by the Invention] An object of the present invention which has been made in view of the above problems is to provide a display device which is simple in structure, can maintain color reproducibility, and can achieve high luminance. Further, another object of the present invention is to provide a display device in which the observation direction dependency is small even when an organic EL element is used. [Technical means for solving the problem] The inventors of the present invention have made diligent research and development, and as a result, it has been found that by combining a light-emitting element that emits R, G, and B light separately with a color light-emitting sheet having a specific absorption spectrum, it is possible to realize - A display device which is non-destructive in color reproducibility and has a small viewing direction dependency, thereby completing the present invention in a more convenient manner than before. Hereinafter, aspects of the invention are disclosed. <1> A display device comprising: pixels of three colors including light-emitting elements respectively emitting R, G, and B light, and a color filter, and the color filter is in a range of wavelengths from 475 nm to 525 nm The maximum value of the optical density, the ratio of the optical density at a wavelength of 450 nm to the maximum value of the optical density of 143898.doc 201037828 is 15% or less, and the optical density at a wavelength of 550 nm is relative to the maximum value of the optical density. The ratio is 10% or less. <2> A display device 'comprising: a pixel of three colors including light-emitting elements respectively emitting r, g, and B light, and a color filter having a wavelength in the range of 550 to 620 nm The maximum value of the optical density, the ratio of the optical density at a wavelength of 500 nm and the wavelength of 63 0 nm to the maximum value of the optical density is 12% or less. Ο
<3>如<1>之顯示裝置,其中上述彩色濾光片進而於波 長550〜620 nm之波長範圍内亦具有光學密度之極大值,且 波長500 nm以及波長63〇 nm下之光學密度相對於該光學密 度之極大值之比率均為〗2%以下。 一 如<1:>至<3>中任一項之顯示裝置,其中上述彩色濾 光片係配置於顯示裝置之前面的前面設置型濾光片。 女1至<4>中任一項之顯示裝置,其中構成上述3 色之像素之發出R、G、B光的發光元件均為有機電致發光 元件。 <6> 之顯不裝置,其具有微空腔結構。 <7〉如<1:>至<6>中任一項之顯示農置,《中上述彩色據 光片含有選自以下述通式⑴、通式(II)及通式⑽所表^ 之化合物中之一種以上: [化1] R1 .Z1 Z2 XN—R2 N 、CII II , CH-—CH )a ( CH=CH ) b (X)c ⑴ 143898.doc 201037828 於上述通式⑴中分別獨立表示形成5員或6員之 Μ雜環之非金屬原子群,該含氮雜環亦可與其他雜環、 芳香族環或脂肪族環縮合;RjR2分·立表示可具有取 代基之烧基、可具有取代基之料、可具有取代基之芳统 基或可具有取代基之芳基;Ll表示可具有取代基之包含奇 數個次甲基之次甲基鍵;a、bh分別獨立為〇或ι;χ於花 青染料部為陽離子性之情料表示陰離子於花青染料部 :有陰離子性取代基,且為陰離子性之情形時表示陽離 子; [化2]<3> The display device of <1>, wherein the color filter further has an optical density maximum value in a wavelength range of 550 to 620 nm, and an optical wavelength of 500 nm and a wavelength of 63 〇 nm The ratio of the density to the maximum value of the optical density is 〖2% or less. The display device according to any one of <1> to <3>, wherein the color filter is disposed on a front-mounted filter in front of the display device. The display device according to any one of the above-mentioned items, wherein the light-emitting elements that emit R, G, and B light constituting the three-color pixels are all organic electroluminescence elements. <6> A display device having a microcavity structure. <7> The display of the above-mentioned color light-receiving sheet according to any one of <1:> to <6>, which is selected from the following formula (1), formula (II) and formula (10) One or more of the compounds shown in the table: [Chemical Formula 1] R1 .Z1 Z2 XN-R2 N , CII II , CH-—CH ) a ( CH=CH ) b (X)c (1) 143898.doc 201037828 The formula (1) independently represents a non-metal atomic group forming a 5-member or a 6-membered heterocyclic heterocyclic ring, and the nitrogen-containing heterocyclic ring may also be condensed with other heterocyclic ring, aromatic ring or aliphatic ring; RjR2 can be represented by a substituent of a substituent, a material which may have a substituent, an aryl group which may have a substituent or an aryl group which may have a substituent; and L1 represents a methine bond which may have an odd number of methine groups; And bh are each independently 〇 or ι; χ 花 花 花 花 染料 染料 染料 染料 染料 染料 染料 染料 染料 表示 阳离子 表示 表示 阳离子 阳离子 阳离子 阳离子 阳离子 阴离子 阴离子 阴离子 阴离子 阴离子 阴离子 阴离子 阴离子 阴离子 阴离子 阴离子 阴离子 阴离子 阴离子 阴离子 阴离子 阴离子 阴离子 阴离子 阴离子 阴离子 阴离子
延逍式(ii)中 (II) 丄 "儿衣不形成脂肪族驾 次雜%之非金屬原子群;L2表示可具有 個次甲基之今甲其^ ^ 3 ^ $ 暴之-人甲基鏈,Χ表示氫原子或陽離子; [化3](逍) (ii) (II) 丄 " erotic clothing does not form a non-metallic atomic group of aliphatic drivers; L2 means that it can have a methine methyl present ^ ^ 3 ^ $ 暴之-人a methyl chain, Χ represents a hydrogen atom or a cation; [Chemical 3]
YrYr
m A, (HI; ψ 3 一 Ar (III) 日如佚极或雜環之非 ,、群;L3表示包含!個或3個次甲基之 示芳香族環。 7暴鏈’ A】 143898.doc 201037828 即使是使用3色發光型之光源之態樣,採用使用了液晶 I員示裝置用中廣泛普及之色素的三種由圖案化所形成之彩 色濾光片的方法亦較普遍。但是,根據本發明,發現將3 * &發光型之光源與使用了具有特定吸收之色素的-種或兩 . 帛之濾光片加以組合,藉此會產生優於先前之濾光片之性 ^可知藉由較先則更簡單之構成,且製造步驟亦簡略化 的方向,可獲得高亮度。 X,根據本發明之構$,可知尤其於觀察方向依存性之 改良方面會產生顯著之效果,且成功地利用更簡便之方法 實現先前成為問題之觀察方向依存性之改良。 藉由本發明之構成獲得上述效果之理由並未確定,可推 測如下。 即,一般認為於使用3原色之光源之方式中,為了確保 色衫再現性’重要的是分離人眼之分光感度的於相鄰之色 調之間的波長。推測如成為觀察方向依存性之原因之微空 〇 ⑮那樣’由於多重干涉而增幅之指向性較強之漣波的部分 波長與確保上述色彩再現性所必需之波長接近,因此藉由 八有用於並不使色彩再現惡化地提昇亮度的靈敏吸收 的;慮光片’可維持色彩再現性,並同時達成提昇亮度、降 低觀察方向依存性。 [發明之效果] 根據本發明,可藉由簡單之構成’提供一種達成高亮度 而不會降低較阿之色彩再現性之有機此顯示裝置。又,根 I本^明’可提供—種即使於使用了有機EL元件之情形 143898.doc 201037828 時’觀察方向依存性亦較小之顯示裝置。 【實施方式】 以下’對本發明中所使用之彩色濾光片進行說明。 先前之液晶顯示裝置等中之彩色濾光片係用於僅使與 R、G、B中之任一者對應之光的波長透過者。另一方面, 於使用3原色發光元件之顯示裝置中所使用之彩色濾光片 之情形時,只要使R、G、B中之2色或者全部3色之光透 過,且截止不需要之波段,便可發揮與先前之具備適合3 種色調之著色圖案的彩色濾光片同等之作用。 但是,由於人眼之分光感度對於R、G、B並不能清晰地 分離,因此必需以可擴大色彩再現區域之形式準確地吸收 配色函數相鄰之2色。又,若過度吸收至連原本需要射出 之光亦被吸收的程度’則會使亮度下降,且有損晝質,因 此上述具有3色之發光元件之顯示裝置中所使用的彩色濾 光片必需於特定之波段中具有靈敏之吸收。 本發明之顯示元件中所使用之彩色濾光片於475 nm〜525 nm之範圍及/或55〇 nm〜62〇 nm之範圍内具有光學密度之極 大值。前者係藍與綠之分離所需要之波長,後者係綠與紅 之为離所需要之波長,同時兩者亦為用於降低顯示裝置之 觀察方向依存性之較佳波長。 進而,本發明之彩色濾光片除於上述特定之波長區域中 具有吸收極大值之特性以外,亦具有以下之任一種特徵。 以下,有時將具有此種特性之彩色濾光片稱為特定彩色濾 光片。 I43898.doc •10- 201037828 (1) 於在475 nm〜525 nm之範圍内具有光學密度之極大值 時,波長450 nm下之光學密度相對於該光學密度之極大值 之比率為15%以下,且波長550 nm下之光學密度相對於光 學密度之極大值之比率為10%以下。 (2) 於在550 nm〜620 nm之範圍内具有光學密度之極大值 時,波長500 nm以及波長630 nm下之光學密度相對於該光 學密度之極大值之比率為均為12%以下。 於上述(1)以及(2)中所規定之光學密度之比率超過該既 定值,即雙方之光學密度差變得更小時,各色之透過率較 先前之透過率變得更差,因此必需抑制為上述值以下。 於上述(1)中,於彩色遽光片在475 nm〜525 nm之範圍内 具有光學密度之極大值時,顯示出光學密度之極大值之波 長區域較好是處於480 nm〜520 nm之範圍内,特別好的是 處於490 nm~5 1 5 nm之範圍内。 此時,波長450 nm下之光學密度相對於該光學密度之極 大值之比率較好的是15%以下,更好的是13%以下。波長 550 nm下之光學密度相對於該光學密度之極大值之比率較 好的是1 0%以下,更好是5%以下,特別好的是2%以下。 於上述(2)中,於彩色濾光片在550 nm〜620 nm之範圍内 具有光學密度之極大值時,顯示出光學密度之極大值之波 長區域較好是處於560 nm〜610 nm之範圍内,特別好的是 處於570 nm〜600 nm之範圍内。此時,500 nm及630 nm下 之光學密度相對於該極大值之比率較好是均為12%以下, 更好是均為10%以下。 143898.doc 201037828 如上所述,較好的是於任意情形時在特定波長區域内均 具有陡峭之光學密度之峰值,亦可較好地使用同時滿足〇) 之特性與(2)之特性這兩種特性,且於既定之區域内具有兩 個光學密度之極大值的彩色渡光片。 本發明之彩色濾光片(以下適當地稱作濾光片層)為了於 特疋之吸收波長中具有所需之光學密度而使用有色材料。 有色材料可為染料,亦可為顏料,但就易於調整方面而 言,較好的是染料。 可針對上述目的使用任意之染料,但作為用於控制吸收 0 光譜之較佳之染#’可列舉:方酸菁(—arylium)染料、 次甲基偶氮(azomethine)染料、花青(eyanine)染料、氧喏 (xonol)柒料、偶氮染料、亞芳基加)染料、卩山口星 (xanthene)染料或者部花青素(mer〇cyanine)染料。 於渡光片層中,可將如上所述之染料單獨使用或者組合 兩種以上使用。又’亦可於渡光片層中使用在波長475 nm 525 nm之範圍與55〇 nm〜62〇 nm之範圍這兩個範圍内 具有吸收極大值之染料。藉由使用此種染才斗,可製備@時ϋ 具有上述(1)與(2)之兩種特性之彩色濾光片。 對於獲得如上所述之靈敏吸收之目#,特別好的是使用 處於締合狀態之染料。 締0狀態之染料形成所謂之J波段,因此顯示出陡峭之 及收光名峰值。關於染料之締合與j波段,於文獻(例如 hotographic Science and Engineering Vol. 18, No. 323-335 (1974))中有所記載。於缔合狀態之染料中,締合狀態之染 143898.doc •12· 201037828 料之吸收極大值進而朝較溶液狀態之染料之吸收極大值更 長之波長側移動。因此,可藉由測定吸收極大值而容易地 判斷濾光片層中所包含之染料為締合狀態還是非締合狀 . 態。 • 染料中亦存在只要溶解於水便可形成聚集體之化合物。 J而通⑦於染料之水溶液中添加明膠或鹽(例如氣化 鎖氯化錢、氯化納)而形成聚集體。特別好的是於染料 之水溶液中添加明膠之方法。 0 染料之聚集體亦可形成為染料之固體微粒子分散物。為 了形成固體微粒子之狀態,可使用公知之分散機。分散機 之例子包括球磨機、振磨機、行星式球磨機、砂磨機、膠 體磨機、喷射磨機以及輥磨機。其中,可較好地使用縱型 或橫型之介質分散機’例如日本專利特開昭52_9號公 報以及國際專利88/074794號說明書中所記載之介質分散 機。 Ο ㈣之分散亦可於適當之介質(例如水、醇或溶劑)之存 在下實施。於分散時,較好的是使用分散用界面活性劑。 作為分散用界面活性劑,可較好地使用陰離子性界面活性 劑(例如日本特開昭52_92716號公報以及國際專利 88/074794號說明#中所記載者)。亦可視需要使用陰離子 性聚合物、非離子性界面活性劑或者陽離子性界面活性 劑。 亦可於將染料溶解於適當之溶劑後,添加直之不良溶 劑’從而獲得微粒子狀之粉末。於此情形時,亦可使用上 143898.doc -13- 201037828 述界面活性劑。 又’亦可藉由調整溶液之_,而使染料之微晶析出, 此處藉由析出而獲得之微晶亦為染料之聚集體。 於締合狀態之染料為微粒子(或微晶)之情形時,其平 粒仅較好的是G.G1 „ μπι。染料之粒子或微晶之平均 粒徑係使用將自利用掃描式電子顯微鏡所拍攝之圖像中抽 選出之500個測定值進行平均而得之值。 作為用於製備於475 nm〜525 nm之波長區域内具有吸收 極大值之彩色濾光片的染料,只要是45〇 nm下之光學密度 相對於該極大值之比率為15%以下,且55〇 nmT之光學: 度相對於該極大值之比率達到5%以下的染料,則可使用 任何、纟„構之染料。只要是滿足該條件之染料,則亦可併用 複數種染料。 染料較好的是具有半高寬(表示吸收極大值之吸光度之 半之及光度的波長區域之寬度)為nm以下之吸收的染 料,更好的是40 nm以下,進而更好的是35 nm以下,最好 的是30 nm以下。 作為具體之染料種類,例如可列舉:花青染料、氧嗟染 料、亞芳基染料、部花青素染料、方酸菁染料、次甲基偶 氮染料、偶氮染料或者咄P星染料。尤其是作為較佳之染 料’可列舉選自由以下述通式、通式及通式(ΠΙ)所 表示之化合物所組成之群中的染料。 [化4] 143898.doc 14· 201037828 z C-L1=c/2xn~r2 (CH—CH )a ( CH^ch )b (X)〇 ⑴ 示形成5員或6員 在上述通式⑴中,Z丨!U月72八 ;Z以及Z分別獨立表 之含氮雜環之非金屬原子群。 含氮雜環上亦可縮合其他雜環、芳香 包含Z丨及z2之含f雜猙;g甘… 、衣或月日肪族環。 〇 … 壤及其縮合環之例子包括十坐環、显 11亏唑環、苯并啰唑環、茇丑估T坐環、異 不开了坐%、萘开、唑環、噻唑 環、萘并噻唑環、假,% f、 本并噻唑 並丄, 丨木衣本开假吲哚環、咪唑環、笨 并咪嗤環、萘并咪唑環、喹 哀本 衣 此嘴3衣、吡咯#吡晗 %、呋喃并吡咯(fur〇pyrr〇le)環、 y ^ 5丨呷環、咪唑啥 以及喹呤啉環。 %衣 作為含氮雜環,5員環較6員環更好。其中,更好的是5 員之含氮雜環與苯環或萘環縮合,最好的是苯并味唾環。 〇 包含z>z2之含氮雜環以及與其縮合之環亦可分別具有 取代基。取代基之例子包括烷基(例如甲基、乙基、丙 基)、烷氧基(例如甲氧基、乙氧基)、芳氧基(例2苯氧 基、對氯本氧基)、鹵素原子(例如Cl、Br、F)、烧氧基艘 - 基(例如乙氧基羰基)、_化烴基(例如三氟曱基)、烷硫基 (例如甲硫基、乙硫基、丁硫基)、芳硫基(例如笨硫基、鄰 敌基苯硫基)、氰基、硝基、胺基、院基胺基(例如曱胺 基、乙胺基)、酿胺基(例如乙酿胺基、丙酿胺基)、酿氧基 (例如乙醯氧基、丁醯氧基)、經基、確酸基以及叛基。石夤 143898.doc -15- 201037828 酸基與羧基亦可為鹽之狀態。 於通式(I)中,R1及R2分別獨立表示可具有取代基之烷 基、可具有取代基之烯基、可具有取代基之芳烷基或可具 有取代基之芳基。 當R或尺2表示烷基時,烷基之碳原子數較好的是1〜2〇。 烷基亦可具有取代基。可導入至烷基中之取代基之例子包 括齒素原子(例如C1、Br、F)、烷氧基羰基(例如甲氧基羰 基、乙氧基羰基)、羥基、磺酸基以及羧基。磺酸基與羧 基亦可為鹽之狀態。 當或R2表示烯基時,烯基之碳原子數較好的是2〜1〇。 烯基之例子包括2-戊烯基、乙烯基、烯丙(aUyl)基、2_丁 烯基以及1-丙烯基。烯基亦可具有取代基。可導入至烯基 中之取代基之例子與烷基中之取代基之例子相同。 當R或R2表示芳烷基時,芳烷基之碳原子數較好的是 7〜12。芳烷基之例子包括苄基以及苯乙基。芳烷基亦可具 有取代基。取代基之例子包括烷基(例如甲基、乙基、丙 基)、烷氧基(例如甲氧基、乙氧基)、芳氧基(例如苯氧 基對氣本氧基)、鹵素原子(例如Cl、Br、F)、烧氧基艘 基(例如乙氧基幾基)、_化烴基(例如三氟甲基)、烷硫基 (例如甲硫基、乙硫基、丁硫基)、芳硫基(例如苯硫基、鄰 羧基苯硫基)、氰基、硝基 '胺基 '烷基胺基(例如甲胺 基乙胺基)、醯胺基(例如乙醯胺基、丙酿胺基)、酿氛基 (例如乙醯氧基、丁醯氧基)、羥基、磺酸基以及羧基。磺 酸基與羧基亦可為鹽之狀態。 143898.doc •16- 201037828 “當R1或R2表示芳基時,芳基之例子包括苯基以及萘基。 芳基亦可具有取代基。芳基之取代基之例子與芳烧基之取 代基之例子相同。 於通式⑴中,L表不包含奇數個次甲基之次甲基鏈。次 甲基數較好的是1、3、5或7個。 ^甲基鏈亦可具有取代基。具有取代基之次甲基較好的 疋-人甲基鏈之中央(内消旋位)之次甲基。可導入至次甲基 〇 鏈中之取代基之例子包括烧基、芳基、烧氧基、芳氧基、 函素原子、烧氧基幾基、南化烴基、烧硫基、芳硫基、氰 基硝基、胺基、烧基胺基、醯胺基、酿氧基、經基、錯 酸基以及絲。烧基及芳基之定義以及例子與上述以及 R中所示者相同。 於通式(I)中 B ,b以及C分別獨立為〇或1。a&b較好的 疋〇° e於花青染料具有如料基或録之類的陰離子性取 代基且形成分子内鹽時為0。 〇 於通式(I)中’ X於花青染料部為陽離子性之 =,於花青染料部具有陰離子性取代基,且為陰離; *情形時表示陽離子。陰離子之例子包括自㈣子(C1 、Br 'Π、對甲苯祕根離子、乙基硫酸根離子n bf4、CKV以及以下述通式⑴所表示之錯離子。6 [化5] 143898.doc -17- 11201037828m A, (HI; ψ 3 - Ar (III) as a non-polar or heterocyclic ring, group; L3 means an aromatic ring containing ! or 3 methine groups. 7 暴链' A] 143898 .doc 201037828 Even in the case of using a three-color light-emitting type of light source, a method of using three kinds of color filters formed by patterning using a pigment widely used in a liquid crystal I member device is also common. According to the present invention, it has been found that a light source of a 3* & illuminating type is combined with a filter of a kind or a ruthenium having a specific absorption, thereby producing a property superior to the previous filter. It can be seen that a higher brightness can be obtained by a simpler configuration, and a manufacturing process is also simplified. X, according to the configuration of the present invention, it is known that a significant effect is particularly improved in the observation direction dependency. Moreover, the improvement of the observation direction dependence of the previous problem has been successfully achieved by a simpler method. The reason why the above effect is obtained by the constitution of the present invention is not determined, and it can be presumed as follows. That is, it is generally considered that the light source of the three primary colors is used. in, It is important to ensure the reproducibility of the color shirt. It is important to separate the wavelength between the adjacent tones of the spectral sensitivity of the human eye. It is presumed that the microscopic space 15 which becomes the cause of the observation direction depends on the increase in the direction due to multiple interference. The partial wavelength of the stronger chopping wave is close to the wavelength necessary for ensuring the above-described color reproducibility, and therefore, the sensitivity is improved by the sensitivity for improving the brightness without deteriorating the color reproduction; the photoreceptor can maintain color reproducibility. At the same time, the brightness is increased and the observation direction dependence is lowered. [Effect of the Invention] According to the present invention, it is possible to provide an organic display device which achieves high luminance without reducing the color reproducibility of the image by a simple configuration. Further, the present invention can provide a display device in which the observation direction dependence is small even when the organic EL element is used 143898.doc 201037828. [Embodiment] The following is used in the present invention. The color filter is described in the prior art. The color filter in the conventional liquid crystal display device or the like is used to make only the light corresponding to any of R, G, and B. On the other hand, in the case of a color filter used in a display device using three primary color light-emitting elements, light of two or all of R, G, and B is transmitted and cut off. The band that is not required can perform the same function as the previous color filter with a color pattern suitable for three colors. However, since the spectral sensitivity of the human eye cannot be clearly separated for R, G, and B, it is necessary. Accurately absorb the two colors adjacent to the color matching function in the form of an expandable color reproduction area. Moreover, if excessively absorbed to the extent that the light that needs to be emitted is also absorbed, the brightness is lowered and the quality is impaired. The color filter used in the above display device having three color light-emitting elements must have sensitive absorption in a specific wavelength band. The color filter used in the display element of the present invention has an extremely high optical density in the range of 475 nm to 525 nm and/or 55 〇 nm to 62 〇 nm. The former is the wavelength required for the separation of blue and green, and the latter is the wavelength required for green and red, and both are preferred wavelengths for reducing the viewing direction dependence of the display device. Further, the color filter of the present invention has any of the following features in addition to the characteristic of having a maximum absorption value in the specific wavelength region. Hereinafter, a color filter having such characteristics is sometimes referred to as a specific color filter. I43898.doc •10- 201037828 (1) When the maximum value of optical density is in the range of 475 nm to 525 nm, the ratio of the optical density at a wavelength of 450 nm to the maximum value of the optical density is 15% or less. Further, the ratio of the optical density at a wavelength of 550 nm to the maximum value of the optical density is 10% or less. (2) When the maximum value of optical density is in the range of 550 nm to 620 nm, the ratio of the optical density at a wavelength of 500 nm and a wavelength of 630 nm to the maximum value of the optical density is 12% or less. The ratio of the optical density specified in the above (1) and (2) exceeds the predetermined value, that is, the optical density difference between the two becomes smaller, and the transmittance of each color becomes worse than the previous transmittance, so it is necessary to suppress Below the above values. In the above (1), when the color light-emitting sheet has a maximum value of optical density in the range of 475 nm to 525 nm, the wavelength region exhibiting the maximum value of the optical density is preferably in the range of 480 nm to 520 nm. Especially, it is in the range of 490 nm to 5 15 nm. At this time, the ratio of the optical density at a wavelength of 450 nm to the extremely large value of the optical density is preferably 15% or less, more preferably 13% or less. The ratio of the optical density at a wavelength of 550 nm to the maximum value of the optical density is preferably 10% or less, more preferably 5% or less, and particularly preferably 2% or less. In the above (2), when the color filter has a maximum value of optical density in the range of 550 nm to 620 nm, the wavelength region exhibiting the maximum value of the optical density is preferably in the range of 560 nm to 610 nm. Especially, it is in the range of 570 nm to 600 nm. At this time, the ratio of the optical density at 500 nm and 630 nm to the maximum value is preferably 12% or less, more preferably 10% or less. 143898.doc 201037828 As described above, it is preferable to have a sharp peak of optical density in a specific wavelength region in any case, and it is also preferable to use both the characteristics of both 〇) and (2). A color dipole having characteristics and having a maximum of two optical densities in a predetermined region. The color filter of the present invention (hereinafter referred to as a filter layer as appropriate) uses a colored material in order to have a desired optical density in an absorption wavelength. The colored material may be a dye or a pigment, but in terms of ease of adjustment, a dye is preferred. Any dye may be used for the above purpose, but as a preferred dye for controlling the absorption of the 0 spectrum, a squarylium dye, a azomethine dye, an eyanine may be mentioned. Dye, xonol, azo dye, arylene plus dye, xanthene dye or mercyanine dye. In the light-receiving sheet layer, the dyes as described above may be used singly or in combination of two or more. Further, it is also possible to use a dye having an absorption maximum in a range of wavelengths of 475 nm and 525 nm and a range of 55 Å to 62 〇 nm in the light-passing sheet layer. By using such a dyeing machine, a color filter having the above two characteristics (1) and (2) can be prepared. It is particularly preferable to use a dye in an associated state for obtaining the sensitive absorption as described above. The dye in the 0 state forms the so-called J-band, and thus exhibits a steep peak of the light-receiving name. The association of dyes with the j-band is described in the literature (for example, hotographic Science and Engineering Vol. 18, No. 323-335 (1974)). In the dye of the associative state, the state of association dyeing 143898.doc •12· 201037828 The absorption maximum of the material is further shifted to the wavelength side longer than the absorption maximum of the dye in the solution state. Therefore, it is possible to easily judge whether the dye contained in the filter layer is in an associative state or a non-associated state by measuring the absorption maximum value. • There are also compounds in dyes that form aggregates as long as they are dissolved in water. J and 7 are added to a solution of the dye to add gelatin or a salt (for example, gasification lock chlorinated money, sodium chloride) to form aggregates. Particularly preferred is a method of adding gelatin to an aqueous solution of the dye. The aggregate of the dye can also be formed as a solid fine particle dispersion of the dye. In order to form a solid fine particle, a known dispersing machine can be used. Examples of the dispersing machine include a ball mill, a vibrating mill, a planetary ball mill, a sand mill, a colloid mill, a jet mill, and a roll mill. Among them, a medium dispersing machine of a vertical type or a horizontal type can be preferably used, for example, a medium dispersing machine described in the specification of Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. Hei 52-9 and No. 88/074794. The dispersion of Ο (iv) can also be carried out in the presence of a suitable medium such as water, alcohol or solvent. When dispersing, it is preferred to use a surfactant for dispersion. As the surfactant for dispersion, an anionic surfactant can be preferably used (for example, those described in JP-A-52-92716 and JP-A-88/074794). An anionic polymer, a nonionic surfactant or a cationic surfactant may also be used as needed. It is also possible to obtain a fine particle-like powder by dissolving the dye in a suitable solvent and adding a straight solvent. In this case, the surfactant can also be used in the above-mentioned 143898.doc -13- 201037828. Further, the microcrystals of the dye can be precipitated by adjusting the solution, and the crystallites obtained by precipitation are also aggregates of the dye. When the dye in the associative state is a microparticle (or microcrystal), the flat particle is preferably G.G1 „μπι. The average particle size of the dye particle or crystallite is used from the scanning electron microscope. The value obtained by averaging the 500 measured values in the captured image is used as a dye for preparing a color filter having an absorption maximum value in a wavelength region of 475 nm to 525 nm, as long as it is 45 〇. The ratio of the optical density at nm to the maximum value is 15% or less, and the optical of 55 〇 nm T: a dye having a ratio of the degree to the maximum value of 5% or less can be used for any dye. As long as it is a dye that satisfies this condition, a plurality of dyes may be used in combination. The dye is preferably a dye having a full width at half maximum (a half of the absorbance of the absorption maximum and a width of the wavelength region of the luminosity) of nm or less, more preferably 40 nm or less, and even more preferably 35 nm. Below, the best is below 30 nm. Specific examples of the dye type include a cyanine dye, an oxonium dye, an arylene dye, a merocyanine dye, a squaraine dye, a methine azo dye, an azo dye, or a ruthenium P star dye. In particular, as a preferred dye, a dye selected from the group consisting of compounds represented by the following formula, formula and formula (ΠΙ) can be cited. [Chem. 4] 143898.doc 14· 201037828 z C-L1=c/2xn~r2 (CH—CH )a ( CH^ch )b (X)〇(1) shows that 5 or 6 members are formed in the above formula (1). , Z丨! U: 72 VIII; Z and Z are independent of the non-metal atomic group of the nitrogen-containing heterocycle. The nitrogen-containing heterocyclic ring may also be condensed with other heterocyclic rings, aromatics containing Z丨 and z2 containing f-hydroquinones; g-glycols, clothes or moon-day aliphatic rings. 〇... Examples of soil and its condensed ring include ten-ring ring, 11-oxazole ring, benzoxazole ring, 茇 估 estimated T ring, disjointed %, naphthalene ring, azole ring, thiazole ring, naphthalene And thiazole ring, false, % f, thiazole, 丨 衣 衣 开 咪唑 咪唑 咪唑 咪唑 咪唑 咪唑 咪唑 咪唑 咪唑 咪唑 咪唑 咪唑 咪唑 咪唑 咪唑 咪唑 咪唑 咪唑 咪唑 咪唑 咪唑 咪唑 咪唑 咪唑 咪唑 咪唑 咪唑 咪唑 咪唑 咪唑 咪唑 咪唑 # # # # # # # # Pyridoxine, furopypyrrole ring, y^5丨呷 ring, imidazolium and quinoxaline ring. % clothing As a nitrogen-containing heterocyclic ring, the 5-member ring is better than the 6-member ring. Among them, it is more preferable that the nitrogen-containing heterocyclic ring of 5 members is condensed with a benzene ring or a naphthalene ring, and the most preferred is a benzo-salt ring.含 The nitrogen-containing heterocyclic ring containing z>z2 and the ring condensed therewith may have a substituent, respectively. Examples of the substituent include an alkyl group (e.g., methyl group, ethyl group, propyl group), an alkoxy group (e.g., methoxy group, ethoxy group), an aryloxy group (Example 2 phenoxy group, p-chlorooxy group), a halogen atom (e.g., Cl, Br, F), an alkoxy group-based group (e.g., an ethoxycarbonyl group), a sulfonyl group (e.g., a trifluoromethyl group), an alkylthio group (e.g., a methylthio group, an ethylthio group, a butyl group) Thio), arylthio (eg, thiol, o-phenylthio), cyano, nitro, amine, amphoteric (eg, amidino, ethylamine), aramid (eg, An amine group, an alkoxy group, a ethoxy group (for example, an ethoxy group, a butoxy group), a thiol group, a carboxylic acid group, and a thiol group. Dendrobium 143898.doc -15- 201037828 The acid group and the carboxyl group may also be in the form of a salt. In the formula (I), R1 and R2 each independently represent an alkyl group which may have a substituent, an alkenyl group which may have a substituent, an aralkyl group which may have a substituent or an aryl group which may have a substituent. When R or the rule 2 represents an alkyl group, the number of carbon atoms of the alkyl group is preferably from 1 to 2 Å. The alkyl group may also have a substituent. Examples of the substituent which may be introduced into the alkyl group include a dentate atom (e.g., C1, Br, F), an alkoxycarbonyl group (e.g., methoxycarbonyl group, ethoxycarbonyl group), a hydroxyl group, a sulfonic acid group, and a carboxyl group. The sulfonic acid group and the carboxyl group may also be in the form of a salt. When R 2 represents an alkenyl group, the number of carbon atoms of the alkenyl group is preferably 2 to 1 Å. Examples of the alkenyl group include a 2-pentenyl group, a vinyl group, an allyl (aUyl) group, a 2-butenyl group, and a 1-propenyl group. The alkenyl group may also have a substituent. Examples of the substituent which can be introduced into the alkenyl group are the same as those of the substituent in the alkyl group. When R or R2 represents an aralkyl group, the number of carbon atoms of the aralkyl group is preferably from 7 to 12. Examples of the aralkyl group include a benzyl group and a phenethyl group. The aralkyl group may also have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include an alkyl group (e.g., methyl group, ethyl group, propyl group), an alkoxy group (e.g., methoxy group, ethoxy group), an aryloxy group (e.g., a phenoxy group to a gas-based oxy group), a halogen atom. (eg Cl, Br, F), alkoxy groups (eg ethoxylated groups), _hydrocarbyl groups (eg trifluoromethyl), alkylthio groups (eg methylthio, ethylthio, butylthio) , an arylthio group (e.g., phenylthio, o-carboxyphenylthio), a cyano group, a nitro 'amino 'alkylamino group (e.g., methylaminoethyl), an anthranyl group (e.g., an acetamino group) , arylamino), aryl (for example, ethoxylated, butyloxy), hydroxyl, sulfonic acid and carboxyl. The sulfonic acid group and the carboxyl group may also be in the form of a salt. 143898.doc •16- 201037828 “When R1 or R2 represents an aryl group, examples of the aryl group include a phenyl group and a naphthyl group. The aryl group may also have a substituent. Examples of the substituent of the aryl group and the substituent of the aryl group In the formula (1), the L table does not contain an oligomethyl chain of an odd number of methine groups. The methine number is preferably 1, 3, 5 or 7. The methyl chain may also have a substitution. a methine group having a central (meso group) of a fluorene-human methyl chain having a substituent methine group. Examples of the substituent which can be introduced into the methine oxime chain include an alkyl group and a aryl group. Base, alkoxy group, aryloxy group, atom of alkoxide, alkoxy group, alkylated hydrocarbon group, sulfur-burning group, arylthio group, cyanonitro group, amine group, alkylamino group, decylamine group, brewing The definitions and examples of the oxy group, the trans group, the acid group and the aryl group are the same as those described above and in the formula R. In the formula (I), B, b and C are each independently 〇 or 1. a &b is preferably 疋〇 e when the cyanine dye has an anionic substituent such as a starting group or a recording, and is 0 when an intramolecular salt is formed. 〇 In the general formula (I), 'X is a cyanine The material portion is cationic = has an anionic substituent in the cyanine dye portion and is anion; * indicates a cation in the case of an anion. Examples of anions include (4) (C1, Br'Π, p-toluene, and Ethyl sulfate ion n bf4, CKV and a counter ion represented by the following formula (1). 6 [Chemical 5] 143898.doc -17- 11201037828
Ri〇〜Y/Ri〇~Y/
⑴ 於上述通式(1)中,R9、R10、R11以及Rl2分別獨立表示 風原子、烧基、芳基或氰基,或者R9與R1G或R"與R12鍵結 而形成之芳香族環。 於R R 、R11及R12表示烧基之情形時之烧基的碳原子 數較好的是1〜20。烷基亦可具有取代基。取代基之例子包 括鹵素原子(例如Cl、Br、F)、烷氧基羰基(例如曱氧基羰 基、乙氧基羰基)、羥基、磺酸基以及羧基。磺酸基與羧 基亦可為鹽之狀態。 於R、R 、RU及Rl2表示芳基之情形時之芳基的例子包 括苯基以及萘基。芳基亦可具有取代基。取代基之例子包 括烷基(例如曱基、乙基、丙基)、烷氧基(例如甲氧基、乙 氧基)、芳氧基(例如苯氧基、對氯苯氧基)、鹵素原子(例 如Cl、Br、F)、烷氧基羰基(例如乙氧基羰基)、鹵化烴基 (例如三氟甲基)、烷硫基(例如甲硫基、乙硫基、丁硫 基)、芳硫基(例如苯硫基、鄰羧基苯硫基)、氰基、硝基、 胺基、烷基胺基(例如甲胺基、乙胺基)、醯胺基(例如乙醯 胺基 '丙醯胺基)、醯氧基(例如乙醯氧基、丁醯氧基)、經 基、續酸基以及叛基。續酸基與缓基亦可為鹽之狀離。 R9與R1G或R1〗與R12鍵結而形成之芳香族環之例子包括苯 143898.doc •18· 201037828 環以及萘環。苯環以及萘環亦可具有取代基。取代基之例 子與上述芳基中所列舉之取代基之例子相同。 於通式(I)中,Y3與Y4分別獨立表示0、8或]^11,最好的 疋S。通式(1)中所複數個存在之γ3可相同亦可不同通式 (1)中所複數個存在之Y4可相同亦可不同。 於通式(1)中,Μ表示金屬原子。金屬原子較好的是週期 表之II族至IV族之金屬原子,更好的是過渡金屬原子。過 渡金屬原子之例子包括Cr、Mn、Fe、c〇、Ni、Cu、&、(1) In the above formula (1), R9, R10, R11 and Rl2 each independently represent a halogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group or a cyano group, or an aromatic ring in which R9 and R1G or R" are bonded to R12. In the case where R R , R11 and R12 represent a burnt group, the number of carbon atoms of the alkyl group is preferably from 1 to 20. The alkyl group may also have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include a halogen atom (e.g., Cl, Br, F), an alkoxycarbonyl group (e.g., a decyloxycarbonyl group, an ethoxycarbonyl group), a hydroxyl group, a sulfonic acid group, and a carboxyl group. The sulfonic acid group and the carboxyl group may also be in the form of a salt. Examples of the aryl group in the case where R, R, RU and Rl2 represent an aryl group include a phenyl group and a naphthyl group. The aryl group may also have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include an alkyl group (e.g., a decyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group), an alkoxy group (e.g., a methoxy group, an ethoxy group), an aryloxy group (e.g., a phenoxy group, a p-chlorophenoxy group), and a halogen. Atom (eg Cl, Br, F), alkoxycarbonyl (eg ethoxycarbonyl), halogenated hydrocarbon (eg trifluoromethyl), alkylthio (eg methylthio, ethylthio, butylthio), An arylthio group (e.g., phenylthio, o-carboxyphenylthio), a cyano group, a nitro group, an amine group, an alkylamino group (e.g., a methylamino group, an ethylamino group), a decylamino group (e.g., an acetamino group) Amidoxime), anthraceneoxy (e.g., ethoxylated, butyloxy), thiol, acid group, and thiol. The acid group and the slow group may also be separated from the salt. Examples of the aromatic ring formed by the combination of R9 and R1G or R1 and R12 include benzene 143898.doc • 18· 201037828 ring and naphthalene ring. The benzene ring and the naphthalene ring may also have a substituent. Examples of the substituent are the same as those exemplified for the above-mentioned aryl group. In the general formula (I), Y3 and Y4 each independently represent 0, 8, or 11, and the most preferable 疋S. The plurality of γ3s present in the formula (1) may be the same or different, and the plurality of Y4s present in the formula (1) may be the same or different. In the formula (1), Μ represents a metal atom. The metal atom is preferably a metal atom of Groups II to IV of the periodic table, more preferably a transition metal atom. Examples of transition metal atoms include Cr, Mn, Fe, c〇, Ni, Cu, &
Pd Md以及Cd。其中’特別好的是Fe、c〇、以及&。 以上述通式(I)所表示之花青染料較好的是具有至少一個 水公性基(使化合物成為水溶性之程度的較強之親水性 基)。此處,花青染料可具有之水溶性基之例子包括石黃酸 基、叛基、膦酸基以及其等之鹽。用於形成鹽之抗衡離子 之例子包括驗金屬離子(例如Na、κ)、銨離子、三乙基錄 子 了基録離子、°比咬鏽離子、四丁基銨離子以及以 Q 下述通式(2)所表示之鏽離子。 [化6] bPd Md and Cd. Among them, 'excellent is Fe, c〇, and & The cyanine dye represented by the above formula (I) preferably has at least one water-based group (a hydrophilic group which makes the compound water-soluble). Here, examples of the water-soluble group which the cyanine dye may have include a salt of a rhein group, a thiol group, a phosphonic acid group, and the like. Examples of counter ions used to form salts include metal ions (eg, Na, κ), ammonium ions, triethyl precursors, base ions, ° bites, tetrabutylammonium ions, and Q Rust ions represented by the formula (2). [chemical 6] b
(Rl5)n1 (R16)n2(Rl5)n1 (R16)n2
於通式(2)中 R13及R14分別獨立為烷基 '烯基、芳烷 143898.doc -19- 201037828 基、芳基或雜環基。烷基、烯基、芳烷基及芳基之定義以 及例子與上述通式⑴中之Ri&R2相同。 於R13或R14表示雜環基之情形時的雜環之例子包括噚唑 環、苯并哼唑環、噻唑環、苯并噻唑環、咪唑環、苯并咪 嗤環K環、㈣環、料。定環、嗎琳環、t坐環、吼 p各環以及香豆素環。 雜環基亦可具有取代基。取代基之例子包括院基(例如 甲基、乙基、丙基)、烷氧基(例如甲氧基、乙氧基广芳氧 基(例如苯氧基、對氯苯氧基)、幽素原子(例如C1、Br、 F)、烷氧基羰基(例如乙氧基羰基)、鹵化烴基(例如三氟甲 基)、烧硫基(例如甲硫基、乙硫基、丁硫基)、芳硫基⑼ 如笨硫基、鄰㈣苯硫基)、氰基、确基、胺基、燒基胺 基(例如甲胺基、乙胺基)、酿胺基(例如乙酿胺基、丙_ :)、醯氧基(例如乙醯氧基'丁酿氧基)、經基、續酸基以 及竣基。續酸基與羧基亦可為鹽之狀離。 二蝴)中,…分別獨立為;原子、院基、燒氧 二方氧基、ii素原子、烧氧基幾基、_化煙基、 基美芳硫基、氛基、墙基、胺基、烧基胺基、醯胺基;: 虱基、羥基、磺酸基或羧基。 R、R15及之任意兩者可鍵結而形成環。 於通式(2)中,nl&n2分別獨立為丨、2、3或4。In the formula (2), R13 and R14 are each independently an alkyl 'alkenyl group, an aralkyl 143898.doc -19-201037828 group, an aryl group or a heterocyclic group. The definitions and examples of the alkyl group, the alkenyl group, the aralkyl group and the aryl group are the same as those of Ri&R2 in the above formula (1). Examples of the heterocyclic ring in the case where R13 or R14 represents a heterocyclic group include an oxazole ring, a benzoxazole ring, a thiazole ring, a benzothiazole ring, an imidazole ring, a benzodiazepine ring K ring, a (iv) ring, and a material. . Ring, morphine ring, t ring, 吼 p ring and coumarin ring. The heterocyclic group may also have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include a deutero group (e.g., methyl, ethyl, propyl), an alkoxy group (e.g., a methoxy group, an ethoxylated polyaryloxy group (e.g., phenoxy group, p-chlorophenoxy group), ghrelin An atom (eg, C1, Br, F), an alkoxycarbonyl group (eg, ethoxycarbonyl), a halogenated hydrocarbon group (eg, trifluoromethyl), a sulfur-burning group (eg, methylthio, ethylthio, butylthio), Arylthio (9) such as stupylthio, o-(tetra)phenylthio), cyano, decyl, amine, alkylamino (eg methylamino, ethylamino), arylamino (eg, ethylamine, C-: :), anthraceneoxy (e.g., ethoxylated 'butoxy), thiol, carboxylic acid, and fluorenyl. The acid group and the carboxyl group may also be separated from the salt. In the two butterflies, ... are independent; atom, decentralized, oxygenated divalent oxy, ii atom, alkoxy group, sulfonyl, thiol thiol, aryl, wall, amine , an alkylamino group, a guanamine group; a mercapto group, a hydroxyl group, a sulfonic acid group or a carboxyl group. R, R15 and any two of them may be bonded to form a ring. In the general formula (2), nl & n2 are independently 丨, 2, 3 or 4.
於通式(2)中’複數個存在之情形時之R 同於複數個存在之情形時之相同亦可不:,可不 於通式⑺中,b為0.25〜3·。。b由染料中所包含之水溶性 143898.doc •20· 201037828 基之數量而決定。例如若染料具有兩個磺酸基,則b為 0.5。又,若染料具有三個績酸基’則b為1.0。 以下,揭示以通式⑴表示,且具有本發明中所規定之吸 收光譜,可較好地用於製備本發明中之彩色濾光片之花青 染料的具體例。 [化7]In the case where plural pluralities exist in the general formula (2), R may be the same as in the case of a plurality of existences, and may not be: in the general formula (7), b is 0.25 to 3·. . b is determined by the amount of water soluble in the dye 143898.doc •20· 201037828. For example, if the dye has two sulfonic acid groups, then b is 0.5. Further, if the dye has three acid groups, then b is 1.0. Hereinafter, a specific example of the cyanine dye which is represented by the general formula (1) and which has the absorption spectrum defined in the present invention and which can be preferably used for producing the color filter of the present invention is disclosed. [Chemistry 7]
ΜΜ
1-21-2
143898.doc -21· 201037828 1-4 M = :Ni 1-5 Μ·· =Co 1-6 Μ = =Cu [化8]143898.doc -21· 201037828 1-4 M = :Ni 1-5 Μ·· =Co 1-6 Μ = =Cu [化8]
143898.doc -22- 201037828143898.doc -22- 201037828
以通式(I)所表示之花青染料可參照F. M. Harmer著之 「Heterocyclic Compounds Cyanine Dyes and Related Compounds」,John Wiley and Sons,紐約,偷敦,1964 年;D. M. Sturmer著之「Heterocyclic Compounds-Special topics in heterocyclic chemistry」,第 18章,第 14節,第 482〜515頁 ’ John Wiley and Sons,紐約,倫敦,1977年; 「Rodd's Chemistry of Carbon Compounds」,第 2版,第 4 卷B,第 15章,第 369〜422頁,Elsevier Science Publishing Company Inc.),紐約,1977年;以及日本專利特開平6-3 13939號、日本專利特開平5-88293號之各公報之記載而 合成。 作為可較好地用於本發明中之彩色濾光片之具有特定之 吸收光譜的染料之其他例,可列舉以通式(II)所表示之氧 喏染料。 [化9]The cyanine dye represented by the general formula (I) can be referred to "Heterocyclic Compounds Cyanine Dyes and Related Compounds" by FM Harmer, John Wiley and Sons, New York, Steal, 1964; "Heterocyclic Compounds-Special by DM Sturmer" Topics in heterocyclic chemistry, Chapter 18, Section 14, pages 482-515' John Wiley and Sons, New York, London, 1977; "Rodd's Chemistry of Carbon Compounds", 2nd edition, Volume 4 B, Chapter 15, pp. 369-422, Elsevier Science Publishing Company Inc., New York, 1977; and Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. Hei 6-3 13939, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. Hei No. 5-88293. As another example of the dye having a specific absorption spectrum which can be preferably used in the color filter of the present invention, an oxonium dye represented by the formula (II) can be mentioned. [Chemistry 9]
於上述通式(II)中,Y1及Y2分別獨立表示形成脂肪族環 143898.doc •23 - 201037828 或雜環之非金屬原子群。。表示可具有取代 個次甲基之次甲㈣。χ2表示氫原子或陽料。可數 ::述通式(„)中’ γ1以及γ2分別獨立表示 =雜環之非金制子群。作為hY2,_較脂肪族環矣 月曰肪族環之例子包括節滿二酮環。雜環之例子包括 °坐啉_環、十坐啉,環、巴比妥酸環、吡啶_環、玫塊寧 (anine)i衣…比唾咬二嗣環、σ比嗤并吼咬闕環以及丙二 酸亞異丙醋(Meldrum's acid)環。 脂肪族環及雜環亦可具有取代基。可導人之取代基之例 子包括烷基(例如甲基、乙基、丙基)、烷氧基(例如甲氧 基=乙氧基)、芳基(例如苯基)、芳氧基(例如苯氧基、對 氯苯氧基)、i素原子(例如α、Br、F)、烧氧基幾基(例如 乙氧基羰基)、鹵化烴基(例如三氟曱基)、烷硫基(例如甲 L 土 乙知L基、丁硫基)、芳硫基(例如苯硫基、鄰緩基苯 硫基)、氰基、硝基、胺基、烷基胺基(例如甲胺基、乙胺 基)、醯胺基(例如乙醯胺基、丙醯胺基)、醯氧基(例如乙 醯氧基、丁醯氧基)、羥基、磺酸基以及羧基。磺酸基與 叛基亦可為鹽之狀態。 於上述通式(Π)中’L2為包含奇數個次曱基之次曱基 鍵。次甲基數較好的是3、5或7個。 次甲基鏈亦可具有取代基。具有取代基之次曱基較好的 疋次甲基鏈之中央(内消旋位)之次曱基。取代基之例子包 括烧基、芳基、烷氧基、芳氧基、南素原子、烷氧基羰 143898.doc • 24- 201037828 基、鹵化經基、炫硫基、芳硫基、氰基、硝基、胺基、炫 基胺基、醯胺基、醯氧基、羥基、磺酸基以及羧基。但 是,較好的是次甲基鏈未經取代。 於通式(II)中,X2表示氫原子或陽離子。於X2表示陽離 子之情形時之陽離子之例子包括鹼金屬(例如Na、幻離 子、銨離子、三乙基銨離子、三丁基銨離子、吡啶鏽離子 以及四丁基銨離子。 以下,揭示以通式(II)表示,且滿足本發明中所規定之 上述光譜之條件的氧喏染料之例子。 再者,下述例示化合物中,以游離之形式表示解離性 基,但亦能夠以如通式⑴中所述之具有抗衡離子之鹽的形 式使用。尤其是可特別好地使用取具有以通式(1)或通^ (2)所表示之抗衡離子之鹽的結構者。 [化 10]In the above formula (II), Y1 and Y2 each independently represent a non-metal atomic group forming an aliphatic ring 143898.doc • 23 - 201037828 or a heterocyclic ring. . Indicates that it may have a sub-methyl group (IV) in place of a methine group. Χ2 represents a hydrogen atom or a cation. Countable:: In the general formula („), γ1 and γ2 are independent representations of the non-gold subgroup of the heterocyclic ring. Examples of the hY2, _ more aliphatic cyclic ring 曰 曰 aliphatic ring include an annulated diketone ring. Examples of the heterocyclic ring include ° sitoline-ring, ten-situ porphyrin, ring, barbituric acid ring, pyridine-ring, anine i-coating, biting bismuth ring, σ 嗤 嗤 and bite Anthracycline and Meldrum's acid ring. Aliphatic rings and heterocyclic rings may also have a substituent. Examples of inducible substituents include alkyl groups (eg, methyl, ethyl, propyl). , alkoxy (eg methoxy = ethoxy), aryl (eg phenyl), aryloxy (eg phenoxy, p-chlorophenoxy), i atom (eg alpha, Br, F) An alkoxy group (for example, an ethoxycarbonyl group), a halogenated hydrocarbon group (for example, a trifluoromethyl group), an alkylthio group (for example, a L-methyl group, a butyl group), and an arylthio group (for example, a phenylthio group). , o-sulfophenylthio), cyano, nitro, amine, alkylamino (eg methylamino, ethylamino), guanamine (eg acetamido, propylamine), hydrazine Oxyl (eg B An oxy group, a butyloxy group, a hydroxyl group, a sulfonic acid group, and a carboxyl group. The sulfonic acid group and the thiol group may also be in the form of a salt. In the above formula (Π), 'L2 is a minor 包含 group containing an odd number of fluorenyl groups. The methine group may have a substituent. The methine chain may also have a substituent. The sulfhydryl group having a substituent has a better center (the meso position). Examples of substituents include alkyl, aryl, alkoxy, aryloxy, sulfonyl, alkoxycarbonyl 143898.doc • 24-201037828, halogenated, thiol, Arylthio, cyano, nitro, amine, leucine, decyl, decyloxy, hydroxy, sulfonic acid and carboxyl. However, it is preferred that the methine chain is unsubstituted. In the formula (II), X2 represents a hydrogen atom or a cation. Examples of the cation when X2 represents a cation include an alkali metal (e.g., Na, magic ion, ammonium ion, triethylammonium ion, tributylammonium ion, pyridine). Rust ion and tetrabutylammonium ion. Hereinafter, the above-mentioned light which is represented by the general formula (II) and which satisfies the requirements of the present invention is disclosed. Further, examples of the oxindole dyes in the following examples include the dissociable groups in the form of a free form, but can also be used in the form of a salt having a counter ion as described in the general formula (1). A structure having a salt having a counter ion represented by the general formula (1) or the general formula (2) can be particularly preferably used.
R4 iH. R1,R3= Ph R2,r4= —ch2ch2oh 丨卜 2. R1,R3= —CH2CH3R4 iH. R1,R3= Ph R2,r4= —ch2ch2oh 2.卜 2. R1,R3= —CH2CH3
R2,R4= ~~^y-C〇2H 143898.doc -25- 201037828 11-3. R1,R3= -Η R2,R4 = —Ph 11-4. R1,R3 = —CH2CH3 OC12H25(n) r2-r4= 11-5. R1,R3= -CH2CH3 R2R4= NHCOC7H15(n) 11-6. R1,R3= —CH2CH2OCH2CH3 R2,R4 = —CH2CH2NHCOC4H9 ⑴ [化 11]R2, R4= ~~^yC〇2H 143898.doc -25- 201037828 11-3. R1,R3= -Η R2,R4 = —Ph 11-4. R1,R3 = —CH2CH3 OC12H25(n) r2-r4 = 11-5. R1, R3 = -CH2CH3 R2R4 = NHCOC7H15(n) 11-6. R1, R3 = -CH2CH2OCH2CH3 R2, R4 = -CH2CH2NHCOC4H9 (1) [11]
o OHo OH
11-7. r1,r2,r3,r4 = —Ph 11-8. r1,r2r3r4 = -ch2ch2oh 143898.doc -26- 20103782811-7. r1,r2,r3,r4 = —Ph 11-8. r1,r2r3r4 = -ch2ch2oh 143898.doc -26- 201037828
I 卜9* R'R'R'R4 = —D^SOsH M -10. R1,R3= — Me R2,R4= —ph [化 12]I 卜9* R'R'R'R4 = —D^SOsH M -10. R1,R3= — Me R2,R4= —ph [Chemical 12]
OO
以通式(II)所表示之氧喏染料可參照曰本專利特開平 23〇671號公報、歐州專利0778493號以及美國專利5459265 號之各說明書之記載而合成。 作為可較好地用於本發明中之彩色濾光片之具有特定之 吸收光譜的染料之其他例,可列舉以通式(111)所表示之染 料。 [化 13] 143898.doc -27- (III) 201037828The oxindole dye represented by the formula (II) can be synthesized by referring to the descriptions of the specification of the Japanese Patent Publication No. Hei. No. 23,671, the European Patent No. 0,778,493 and the Japanese Patent No. 5,459,265. As another example of the dye having a specific absorption spectrum which can be preferably used in the color filter of the present invention, a dye represented by the formula (111) can be cited. [Chem. 13] 143898.doc -27- (III) 201037828
於通式(III)中,之定義與通式(II)中之Y1以及Y2相 同’較佳之例亦相同。L3係包含1個或3個次曱基之次甲基 鏈,較佳之次甲基數為丨個。次曱基鏈亦可具有取代基。 取代基之例子包括烷基、芳基、烷氧基、芳氧基、齒素原 子、烷氧基羰基、齒化烴基、烷硫基、芳硫基、氰基、確 基、胺基、烧基胺基、醯胺基、醯氧基、經基、石黃酸基以 及羧基。但是,較好的是次甲基鏈未經取代。 土 的=:=。芳香族環可為烴環亦可為雜環,但較好 U… 料族環為苯環。芳香族環亦可且有取 代基,較佳之取代篡鱼 了 /、有取 戈基〇通式(II)之脂肪族環以 s 代基的說日月巾㈣舉#_。 及雜枝之取 以下’列舉可於本發 示之染料的較佳例。 乂子地使用之以通式(ΙΠ)所表 [化 14] 1-1In the formula (III), the definition is the same as that of Y1 and Y2 in the formula (II). L3 is a methine chain containing one or three secondary fluorenyl groups, preferably having a minor number of methyl groups. The secondary indenyl chain may also have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include an alkyl group, an aryl group, an alkoxy group, an aryloxy group, a dentate atom, an alkoxycarbonyl group, a dentate hydrocarbon group, an alkylthio group, an arylthio group, a cyano group, an exact group, an amine group, and a burnt group. Amino group, amidino group, a decyloxy group, a trans-base group, a rhein group and a carboxyl group. However, it is preferred that the methine chain is unsubstituted. The === of the soil. The aromatic ring may be a hydrocarbon ring or a heterocyclic ring, but it is preferred that the family ring is a benzene ring. The aromatic ring may also have a substituent, and it is preferred to replace the squid /, which has the amino group of the formula (II) and the s-substituent. And the extraction of the hybrids hereinafter are listed as preferred examples of the dyes which can be used in the present invention. The use of the scorpion is expressed by the formula (ΙΠ) 1-1
143898.doc -28- 201037828143898.doc -28- 201037828
1-71-7
作為其他較佳之染料之具體例,除國際專利編號 WOOO-23829號中所記載之於560 nm〜620 nm内具有吸收極 大值之染料以外,亦可列舉以下之染料[例示化合物(IV-1)〜(IV-5)]。 [化 15]As a specific example of other preferable dyes, in addition to the dye having an absorption maximum value in the range of 560 nm to 620 nm as described in International Patent No. WOOO-23829, the following dyes may be mentioned [Exemplified Compound (IV-1) ~(IV-5)]. [化15]
IV-1 143898.doc -29- 201037828IV-1 143898.doc -29- 201037828
N-2 入'0 HO 人 0^0020^9 C^C02C4H9 1V-3N-2 into '0 HO people 0^0020^9 C^C02C4H9 1V-3
C^CONHC^H^ C^CONHC^H17 [化 16]C^CONHC^H^ C^CONHC^H17 [化16]
143898.doc •30- 201037828143898.doc •30- 201037828
Ο 又亦可較好地使用C·1.顏料紫19、C.I·顏料紫23等顏 料。 當將具有此種吸收光譜之染料用於彩色濾光片時,可僅 使用一種,亦可組合使用兩種以上。於構成彩色渡光片之 ^成刀中,特疋染料之含量以固形物成分換算較好的是 5〜70質量%之範圍,更好的是8〜6〇質量%之範圍。 於特定彩色濾光片中,為了抑制外光反射等,亦可併用 具有不符合上述分光吸收光譜(以峰值波長475 nm〜525 nm © 及550議〜620 nm規定特定波長之光學密度之比率)之光譜 的染料。此種染料之中,尤其可使用近紅外吸收染料。於 ㈣此種染料之情形時,由於所製備之彩㈣光片之吸收 光譜需要滿足上述規定,因此亦必需調整添加量。 ‘ 作為近紅外吸收染料,可使用作為花青染料(於日本專 7特開平9-96891號公報中有所記载)、金屬螯合物染料、 鉍(amimum)染料、二亞銨染料、醌染料、方酸菁染料(於 日本專利特開平9-90547號、曰本專利特開平1〇_2〇431〇號 143898.doc -31 - 201037828 之各公報中有所記載)或各種次甲基染料且不具有上述物 性之化合物。 關於近紅外吸收染料,於曰本色材協會(j. jpn. soc. C〇1〇Ur Mater·),61 [4] 215-226 (1988)以及化學工業 (Chemical IndUstry) 43_53 (1986年5月號,化學工業社)中 亦有所記載。又,作為其他可見光吸收染料,可使用三苯 甲烷染料(於美國專利2150695號說明書及日本專利特開平 5-117536號公報中有所記載)以及螢光素染料(例如螢光 素、二溴螢光素、曙紅、玫瑰紅)。 本發明之特定彩色濾光片即使以包含具有上述特定吸收 光譜之染料的1層之構成使用,亦可獲得本發明之效果, 但亦可根據需要而用作具有R、G、B中任意色調之著色圖 案的彩色濾光片。於此情形時,只要使該彩色濾光片含有 對著色圖案賦予所需之色調之著色劑、較好的是顏料,並 且含有具有上述特定之吸收光譜之染料即可。以下對具有 複數種顏色的著色圖案之彩色濾光片的製造方法加以詳細 說明。 本發明之特定彩色濾光片只要配置於使來自發光元件等 光源之光經由彩色濾光片而進行顯示之位置,則其配置位 置可為任意位置,可如先前之顯示裝置般内置於顯示裝置 中,亦可作為其他構件而配置於顯示裝置之整個面上。以 下’對將彩色濾光片配置於顯示裝置之整個面上之態樣加 以說明。 <前面設置型彩色濾光片> 143898.doc •32- 201037828 曰本發明之顯示裂置中之特定彩色渡光片亦可與先前之液 曰曰顯示裝置中之彩色渡光片同樣地利用光微影法進行製作 而内置於线内,亦可與電_㈣用色校正濾、光片同樣 地較好地使用藉由黏附於顯示器表面等之方法而設置於顯 不器之前面的方法。關於該方式,記載於上述之日本專利 特開2003-157017號公報等中。 作為前面設置型彩^光片之據光片層之形成中所使用 ΟΟ It is also possible to use pigments such as C·1. Pigment Violet 19, C.I. Pigment Violet 23, and the like. When a dye having such an absorption spectrum is used for a color filter, only one type may be used, or two or more types may be used in combination. In the knives constituting the color light-receiving sheet, the content of the special dye is preferably in the range of 5 to 70% by mass, more preferably in the range of 8 to 6 % by mass, in terms of solid content. In a specific color filter, in order to suppress external light reflection, etc., it is also possible to use a ratio of optical density which does not conform to the above-mentioned spectral absorption spectrum (at a specific wavelength of a peak wavelength of 475 nm to 525 nm © and 550 to 620 nm) The spectrum of dyes. Among such dyes, a near-infrared absorbing dye can be especially used. In the case of (4) such a dye, since the absorption spectrum of the prepared color (four) light sheet needs to satisfy the above requirements, it is necessary to adjust the addition amount. As a near-infrared absorbing dye, it can be used as a cyanine dye (described in Japanese Patent Laid-Open Publication No. Hei 9-96891), a metal chelate dye, an amymum dye, a diimonium dye, and a ruthenium. Dyestuffs, squaraine dyes (described in Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. Hei 9-90547, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. Hei No. Hei No. Hei No. 1 〇 〇 〇 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 A dye and a compound which does not have the above physical properties. About Near Infrared Absorbing Dyes, in the Society of Color Materials (j. jpn. soc. C〇1〇Ur Mater·), 61 [4] 215-226 (1988) and Chemical IndUstry 43_53 (May 1986) No., Chemical Industry Association) has also been recorded. Further, as the other visible light absorbing dye, a triphenylmethane dye (described in U.S. Patent No. 2,150,695 and Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. Hei No. 5-117536) and a luciferin dye (for example, luciferin or dibromofluoride) can be used. Photochrome, blush, rose red). The specific color filter of the present invention can obtain the effects of the present invention even when it is used in a configuration including one layer of a dye having the specific absorption spectrum described above, but can also be used as any color of R, G, and B as needed. A color filter with a colored pattern. In this case, the color filter may contain a coloring agent that imparts a desired color tone to the colored pattern, preferably a pigment, and may contain a dye having the specific absorption spectrum described above. Hereinafter, a method of manufacturing a color filter having a color pattern of a plurality of colors will be described in detail. When the specific color filter of the present invention is disposed at a position where light from a light source such as a light-emitting element is displayed via a color filter, the arrangement position thereof can be any position, and can be built in the display device as in the prior display device. It may be disposed on the entire surface of the display device as another member. The following describes the aspect in which the color filter is disposed on the entire surface of the display device. <Front-mounted color filter> 143898.doc • 32- 201037828 The specific color light-emitting sheet in the display splitting of the present invention can also be the same as the color light-emitting sheet in the previous liquid helium display device It can be fabricated by the photolithography method and built in the line. It can also be used in the same way as the photo-correction filter or the optical sheet. It can be placed in front of the display by adhering to the surface of the display. method. This method is described in the above-mentioned Japanese Patent Laid-Open Publication No. 2003-157017. It is used as the formation of the light film layer of the front-mounted color light film.
之聚合物黏合劑’可使用天然聚合物(例如明膠、纖維素The polymer binder can use natural polymers (eg gelatin, cellulose)
衍生物、海藻酸)或合成聚合物(例如聚甲基㈣酸甲I 聚乙稀丁"乙烯氫t各酮、聚乙稀醇、聚氯乙烯、苯 ^烯-丁二稀共聚物、聚苯乙烯、聚碳酸§旨、水溶性聚酿 月女)。較好的是親水性聚合物(上述天然聚合物、聚乙烯丁 醛、聚乙烯复吡咯酮、聚乙烯醇、水溶性聚醯胺),特別 好的是明膠。聚合物黏合劑之數量平均分子量較好的是 5,000〜1〇〇,〇〇0,更好的是1〇 〇〇〇〜1〇〇 〇〇〇。 於濾光片層中,除上述染料及黏合劑聚合物以外,亦可 進而添加防退色劑或紫外線吸㈣卜作為顏料之穩定化劑 而發揮功能之防退色劑之例子包括:對苯二龄衍生物(於 美國專利3935016號、美國專利3982944號之各說明書中有 所記载)、對苯二紛二畴生物(於美國專利42542^說明 書及曰本專利特開昭55_21〇〇4號公報中有所記載卜酚衍生 物(於曰本專利特開昭54-145530號公報中有所記載)、螺二 氫節或亞f二氧基苯之衍生物(於英國專利公開2〇77455 號、英國專利公開2〇62888號之各說明書以及日本專利特 \43S9S.doc •33· 201037828 開昭61-9〇155號公報中有所記載)、咬咬、螺咬喷或香豆滿 之衍生物(於美國專利3432300號、美國專利3573〇5〇號、 美國專利3574627號、美國專利3764337號之各說明書以及 日本專利㈣昭52·152225號、日本㈣特開昭53·曰20327 號、曰,專利特開昭53·動號、曰本專利特開昭61, 9(H56號之各公報中有所記載)、對苯二紛單鱗或對胺苯紛 之何生物(於英國專利1347556號、英國專利2066975號之 各說明書以及日本專利特公昭54_12337號、日本專利特開 ⑽號之各公報中有所記載)以及雙盼衍生物(於美國 報中有所記载)。胃本專㈣公昭如1625號公 又’為了提昇顏料料光或者熱之穩定性,亦可將 利 42450咖 號么報中有所記載)用作防退色劑。 :而,# 了改良顏料之耐光性’亦可將單線 用作防退色劑。輩綠能$ 物旧U 例子包括:^肖基化合 、本專利特開平2-300288號公報中有所記載)、二亞 銨化合物(於美國專利邨56^號書 合物(於曰本專利〒有所蝴、鎳錯 ^ ^ ^ ,1 (. 載)。 、 專利么開820057A1號說明書中有所記 (抗反射層) 明之—態樣中,亦可於上述遽光片層上進 抗反射層,而對特定彩色遽光片賦予抗反射功能。 143898.doc •34- 201037828 作為抗反射層之抗反射功能,較好的是單向反射率為 3%以下’更好的是1.8%以下。 於設置抗反射層之情形時,必需設置低折射率層。作為 低折射率層’使用其折射率較透明支撐體之折射率更低 者。低折射率層之折射率較好的是丨2〇〜155,更好的是 1,30〜1_55。 低折射率層之厚度較好的是 nm〜200 nm 〇 〇 低折射率層可形成為包含折射率較低之含氟聚合物之層 (於曰本專利特開昭57_34526號 '日本專利特開平 號、曰本專利特開平6-115〇23號、日本專利特開平8_ 313702號、日本專利特開平7_168〇〇4號之各公報中有所記 載)、利用溶膠凝膠法所獲得之層(於日本專利特開平5_ 208811號、日本專利特開平6_299⑼號、日本專利特開平 7_16_號之各公報中有所記載)、或者包含微粒子之層 (於日本專利特公昭60_5咖號、日本專利特開平^则 號、日本專利特開平㈣㈣號、日本專利特開平㈣鳩 號、日本專利特開平9_2882〇1號之各公報中有所記載)。於 包含微粒子之層中,作為微粒子間或微粒子内之微孔洞, :於低折射率層中形成空隙。包含微粒子之層較好的是具 好的是除低折射率 平較问之層(中、高折射率層)。 l43S9S.doc -35- 201037828 高折射率層之折射率較好的是165〜2 1_70〜2.20。中拼射变麻』 文計的疋 射率與言折針率係調整成低折射率層之折 ,、门,率日之折射率的中間值。中折射率層之折M 率較好料i.50〜H Ml之折射 中㈤折射率層之厚度較好的是5㈣〜丄。。叫,更 疋1〇nm〜10叫’最好的是3〇ηιη〜1μιη。 以二高折射率層之霧度較好的是5%以下,更好的是3% 以下,敢好的是1 %以下。 人二高!射率層可使用具有比較高之折射率之聚合物黏 1劑而形成。折射率較高之聚合物之例子包括聚苯乙烯、 本乙稀共聚物、聚碳酸醋、三聚氮胺樹脂、盼樹脂、 樹脂以及藉由環狀(脂環式或芳香族)異氰酸s旨與多元醇之 反應所獲得之聚胺基甲酸酿。其他具有環狀(芳香族 環式、脂環式)基之聚合物、或者具有氣以外之函素原子 作為取代基之聚合物的折射率亦較高。亦可 而可進行自由基硬化之單體的聚合反應而形成聚合導物雙鍵 為了獲得更高之折射率,亦可將無機微粒子分散於聚人 物黏合劑中。無機微粒子之折射率較好的是i8G〜28〇。口 上述中、高折射率層中所使用之無機微粒子較好的是由 金屬之氧化物或硫化物形成。金屬之氧化物或硫化物之例 子包括二氧化鈦(例如金紅石、金紅石/銳鈦礦之混晶、銳 鈦礦、非晶結構)、氧化錫、氧化銦、氧化鋅、氧化錯以 及硫化辞。特別好的是氧化鈦、氧化錫以及氧化銦。益機 微粒子可將該等金屬之氧化物或硫化物作為主成分,並進 143898.doc -36- 201037828 而包含其他元素。所謂主成分係指構成粒子之成分中含量 (重里%)最多之成分。其他元素之例子包括Ti、心、“、 Sb、Cu、Fe、Mn、Pb、Cd、As、&、Hg、Zn、^、 , Mg、Si、p 以及 s。 .亦可使用具有覆膜形成性且可分散於溶劑中,但其本身 為液狀之無機材料,例如各種元素之烷氧化物、有機酸之 鹽、與配位性化合物鍵結而成之配位化合物(例如螯合化 合物)、活性無機聚合物而形成中、高折射率層。 u p對抗反射層之表面賦予防眩功能(使入射光於表面散 射,防止膜周圍之景色轉移至膜表面之功能)。例如可藉 由於透明薄膜之表面形成微細之凹凸,然後於其表面形成 抗反射層而獲得防眩功能,或者可藉由於形成抗反射層 後,利用壓花輥於表面形成凹凸而獲得防眩功能。 具有防眩功能之抗反射層通常具有3〜3 0%之霧度。 (其他層) 〇 亦可於本發明之一態樣之特定彩色濾光片中設置硬塗 層、潤滑層、防污層、抗靜電層、紫外線吸收層或中間 層。 硬塗層較好的是包含經交聯之聚合物。硬塗層可使用丙 烯酸系、胺基曱酸酯系、環氧系之聚合物、募聚物或單體 (例如紫外線硬化型樹脂)而形成。亦可由二氧化矽系材料 形成硬塗層。 亦可於特定彩色濾光片之最表面形成潤滑層。潤滑層具 有對抗反射膜表面賦予潤滑性,並改善耐劃傷性之功能。 143898.doc -37· 201037828 潤滑層可使用聚有機矽A桉 氧烷(例如矽油)、天然蠟 '石味 蠟、高級脂肪酸金屬鹽、冑彡 / 軋糸潤滑劑或其衍生物而形成。 潤滑層之厚度較好的是2 nm〜2 〇 nm。 防污層可使用含氟聚合你& # 士、 机取口物而形成。防污層之厚度較好的 是2nm〜lOOnm’更好的是5麵〜3〇nm。 抗反射層(中折射率層、高折射率層及/或低折射率層)、 濾光片層、底塗層、硬塗層、潤滑層以及其他層分別可藉 由通常之塗佈方法而形成。塗佈方法之例子包括:浸‘ 法、氣刀塗佈法、簾塗法、幸昆塗法、線棒塗佈法、凹板印 刷式塗佈法以及使用漏斗之擠出塗佈法(於美國專利 2681294號說明書中有所記載)。亦可藉由同時塗佈而形成 二層以上之層。關於同時塗佈法,於美國專利2761 79 ^ 號、美國專利294 1898號、美國專利35〇8947號、美國專利 3526528號之各說明書以及原崎勇次著之「塗佈工學」第 253 頁(1973年,朝倉書店(Asakura Publishing Co_,Ltd·)發 行)中有所記載。 (特定彩色濾光片之適應性) 特定彩色滤光片係可應用於如液晶顯示裝置(Lcd)、電 漿顯示器面板(PDP)、電致發光顯示器(Eld)或陰極管顯示 裝置(CRT)之類的圖像顯示裝置者。於設置抗反射層之情 形時,以使未設置有低折射率層之側之面與圖像顯示裝置 之圖像顯示面對向的方式進行配置。本發明之特定彩色滤 光片若用作具有有機EL發光元件之顯示裝置用彩色爐光 片,則可獲得特別顯著之效果。 143898.doc -38- 201037828 a如有機el顯示裝置之類的圖像顯示裝置中,以覆蓋顯 不盗之表面之方式配置特定彩色遽光片。可將特定彩色減 光片直接黏附於顯示器之表面。又,於在顯示器之前設置 • 彳前面板之情形時’亦可於前面板之表側(外側)或背;(顯 • 示器側)黏附特定彩色濾光片。 本發明之顯示農置較好的是如下之有機EL顯示裝置:以 具有無機或有機EL等發出R、G、B3色光之元件為特徵, 亦可利用任何原理之發光元件、光源,但使用了有姐元 件之有機EL顯示裝置。以下,對可較好地用於本發明之有 機EL顯示裝置加以詳細說明。 <有機EL顯示裝置與微空腔結構> 本發明中所使用之有機EL顯示裝置可參照日本專利第 3944906號說明書而製作。以下,使用圖進行說明。 [第1實施形態] 圖1係表示本發明之第丨實施形態之使用了作為發光元件 Q 之有機EL發光元件的有機EL·顯示裝置之剖面結構。該顯 不裝置係可用作極薄型之有機發光彩色顯示器裝置等者, 其例如將驅動面板1〇與密封面板2〇對向配置,並藉由接著 •層30而黏合整個面。於驅動面板1〇中,在包含玻璃等絕緣 材料之驅動用基板11上,以整體成矩陣狀地依次設置有產 生紅色光之有機EL發光元件10R、產生綠色光之有機el發 光元件10G、以及產生藍色光之有機el發光元件10B。 該有機EL發光元件l〇R、10G、10B分別例如自驅動用基 板Π之側起,依次積層有作為陽極之第1電極12、有機層 143898.doc -39- 201037828 13、以及作為陰極之第2電極14。又,亦可視需要於第2電 極14上形成保護膜15。 第1電極12亦兼具作為反射層之功能,就提高發光效率 方面而言’較理想的是使其具有儘量高之反射率。例如於 使用金屬等消光係數較局之材料之情形時,若儘量使用實 部折射率較低之材料,並使積層方向之厚度(以下簡稱為 厚度)為光不透過之程度’具體而言大概為10〇 nm以上, 則可提高反射率,因此較佳。具體而言,較好的是將厚产 設定為例如200 nm左右,並藉由鉑(Pt)、金(Au)或嫣(W)等 功函數較高之金屬元素的單質或合金而構成。再者,亦可 於第1電極12中以光學常數不產生實質性之差的程度添加 其他元素。 有機層13之構成因有機EL發光元件l〇R、i〇G、10B之發 光色而不同。圖2係將有機EL發光元件l〇R、10B中之有機 層13之構成放大顯示者。有機EL發光元件l〇R、ιοΒ之有 機層13分別具有自第1電極12之側起依次積層有電洞傳輸 層1 3 A、發光層13 B以及電子傳輸層1 3 C之結構。電洞傳輸 層13A係用於提高對於發光層13B之電洞注入效率者。於 本實施形態中,電洞傳輸層13 A兼作電洞注入層。發光層 13B係藉由電流之注入而產生光者。電子傳輸層uc係用 於提高於發光層13B中之電子注入效率者。 有機EL發光元件10R之電洞傳輸層13A例如厚度為45 nm 左右’包含雙[(N-萘基)-N-苯基]聯苯胺(α-NPD)。有機EL 發光元件1 OR之發光層13 B例如厚度為5 0 nm左右,包含 143898.doc -40· 201037828 2,5-雙[4-[N-(4-曱氧基苯基)-N_苯基胺基]]苯乙烯基苯_M_ 二腈(BSB)。有機發光元件i〇R之電子傳輪層13C例如厚度 為30nm左右,包含8-羥喹琳鋁錯合物(Alq3)。 • 有機£[發光元件10B之電洞傳輸層13A例如厚度為30 nm 左右’包含a-NPD。有機EL發光元件10B之發光層13B例如 厚度為30 nm左右,包含4,4·_雙(2,2ι_二苯基乙烯基)聯苯 (DPVBi)。有機發光元件10Β之電子傳輸層13c例如厚度為 30 nm左右,包含Aiq3。 Ο 圖3係將有機EL發光元件1 〇G中之有機層13之構成放大 顯不者。有機EL發光元件i〇G之有機層13具有自第1電極 12之側起依次積層有電洞傳輸層13A以及發光層13B之結 構。電洞傳輸層13A兼作電洞注入層,發光層13B兼作電 子傳輸層。 有機EL發光元件10G之電洞傳輸層13A例如厚度為5〇 nm 左右,包含a-NPD。有機EL·發光元件i〇G之發光層13B例 Q 如厚度為60 nm左右,包含於Alq3中混合i體積%之香豆素 6 (C6 ; Coumarin6)而成者。 圖1〜圖3中所示之第2電極14兼具作為半透過性反射層之 功忐。即’有機EL發光元件1 〇R、1 〇G、10B具有將第1電 極丨2之發光層13B側之端面作為第i端部ρι,將第2電極14 之發光層13B側之端面作為第2端部P2,將有機層13作為共 振部,使發光層13B中所產生之光共振而自第2端部p2之側 射出的共振器結構。若如上述般具有共振器結構,則發光 層13B中所產生之光產生多重干涉,而作為一種窄頻帶濾 143898.doc -41 - 201037828 光片發揮作用,藉此所射出之光之光譜之半高寬減少,且 可提昇色純度,因此較佳。 又’亦可藉由多重干涉使自密封面板2〇入射之外光衰 減’且可藉由與下述之彩色濾光片22(參照圖1)之組合而使 有機EL發光元件10R、1〇G、1〇B之外光之反射率變得極其 小’因此較佳。 圖1中所示之保護膜15例如厚度為5〇〇 nm以上、1〇,〇〇〇 nm以下,其係包含透明介電質之鈍化膜。保護膜15例如包 含氧化矽(Si〇2)、氮化矽(SiN)等。 如圖1所示,密封面板2〇具有位於驅動面板1〇之第2電極 14之侧’與接著層3〇 一同密封有機虹發光元件、 10G、10B之密封用基板21。密封用基板21係包含對於有 機EL發光元件1011、1〇G、1〇B中所產生之光為透明之玻璃 等材料。於密封用基板21上例如設置有彩色濾光片22,其 射出由有機EL發光元件i〇r、i〇G、10B所產生之光,並且 吸收於有機EL發光元件l〇R、i〇G、10B以及該等之間之配 線中被反射之外光,從而改善對比度。 彩色濾光片22可設置於密封用基板21之任一側之面,但 較好的是設置於驅動面板1 〇之側。其原因在於:可不使彩 色慮光片22露出於表面而藉由接著層3 〇保護。彩色濾光片 22具有紅色濾光片22R、綠色濾光片22G以及藍色濾光片 22B ’該等對應於有機EL發光元件i〇r、i〇G以及10B而依 次配置。 紅色濾光片22R、綠色濾光片22G以及藍色濾光片22B分 143898.doc •42· 201037828 別以例如矩形形狀且無間隙地形成。該等紅色濾光片 22R、綠色濾光片22G以及藍色濾光片22Β分別包含混入有 顏料之樹脂’且藉由選擇顏料進行調整以使作為目標之 紅、綠或藍之波段之透光率冑高n皮段之透光;變 低。 Ο 〇 圖4Α〜4Β及圖5Α〜5Β係按步驟順序表示該顯示裝置之製 造方法者。首先’如圖4Α所示,於包含上述材料之驅動用 基板U上’藉由例如直流㈣以上述厚度成膜包含上述材 料之第1電極12,,然後使用例如微影技術選擇性地進行餘 刻,而將該膜圖案化成既定之形狀。其後,同樣地如圖4Α 所示,藉由例如蒸鍍法’依次成膜具備上述厚度以及材料 之有機層13(包括電洞傳輸層13Α、發光層UB及/或電子傳 輸層13C)以及第2電極14,分別形成如圖2以及圖3中所示 之有機發光元件urn、1()G、_。其後,視需要於第2電 極14之上形成保護膜15。藉此形成驅動面板1〇。 圖4B表示藉由先前之方法所形成之具有r、g、b著色圖 案的彩色濾。例如於包含上述材料之密封用基板以 上,藉由旋塗法等塗佈紅色濾、光片22R之材料(於本實施形 態中使用後述之著色感光性組合物),利用光微影技術將 其圖案化後進行煅燒’ II此形成紅色濾光片22R。繼而, 以與形成紅色濾光片22R相同之方式依次形成藍色濾光片 22B以及綠色濾光片22G,從而形成圖4b中所示之具有r、 G、B著色圖案的密封面板2〇。 紅色濾、光片、藍色遽光片以及綠色遽光片之形成順序係 143898.doc •43· 201037828 任意設定。 由以上可知:於先前之步驟中,圖案化'煅燒之步驟僅 重複色調之數量。根據本發明,1個色調之渡光片可兼具 先前之2色’因此可減少該部分之步驟數。 於形成密封面板20及驅動面板1〇後,如圖5A所示,於保 護膜15之上形成接著層30。其後,如圖5B所示,經由接著 層30將驅動面板1〇與密封面板2〇黏合。此時,較好的是使 密封面板20中之形成有彩色濾光片22之側之面與驅動面板 10對向配置。藉由以上方式將驅動面板1〇與密封面板2〇接 著,從而完成圖1〜圖3中所示之顯示裝置。 於該顯示裝置中,若對第1電極12與第2電極14之間施加 既定之電壓’則電流注入至發光層13B中,電洞與電子再 次鍵結,藉此而主要於發光層13B之界面引起發光。該光 於第1電極12與第2電極14之間多重反射,並透過第2電極 14、保護層15、彩色濾光片22以及密封用基板21而射出。 此時,外光自密封用基板2 1之側入射,但共振波長以外之 外光由彩色濾光片22吸收’並且由於有機EL發光元件 l〇R、10G、10B中之多重干涉而衰減。另一方面,共振波 長之外光透過彩色滤光片22而入射至有機EL發光元件 l〇R、10G、10B,且主要於第2電極14及第1電極12中反 射。但疋’於本實施形態中,第1端部P1之側即第1電極12 與第2端部P2之側即第2電極14中之外光之反射光係以如下 方式構成,即藉由分別調整強度與相位而使其於有機El發 光元件10R、10G、10B中之反射率成為20。/。以下,因此透 143898.doc -44- 201037828 外光反 過密封用基板21而射出之反射光極其有限。因此 射或外景之映入減少。 列舉實施形態對本發明之第一實施形態進 〜U】5兄明,但 本發明並不限定於上述實施形態,可進行各種變形。例如 於上述貫施形態中所說明之各層之材料以及_许 子皮、或者成 膜方法以及成膜條件等並無限定,亦可設定為其他材料以 及2度、或者亦可設定為其他成膜方法以及相條件。於a derivative, alginic acid) or a synthetic polymer (for example, polymethyl (tetra) acid methyl I butyl butyl ketone; ethylene hydrogen t ketone, polyethylene glycol, polyvinyl chloride, benzene ene tere dibutyl copolymer, Polystyrene, polycarbonate §, water-soluble poly-branches). Preferred are hydrophilic polymers (the above-mentioned natural polymers, polyvinyl butyral, polyvinylpyrrolidone, polyvinyl alcohol, water-soluble polyamine), and gelatin is particularly preferred. The number average molecular weight of the polymer binder is preferably 5,000 to 1 Torr, 〇〇0, more preferably 1 〇 〇〇1 〇〇 〇〇〇. In the filter layer, in addition to the dye and the binder polymer, an anti-fading agent or an ultraviolet ray absorbing agent may be further added as a stabilizing agent for the pigment, and examples of the anti-dyeing agent include: benzodiazepine Derivatives (described in the specification of U.S. Patent No. 3,935,016, U.S. Patent No. 3,982,944), and Pt. bismuth (in the specification of U.S. Patent No. 4,524, 421, and Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 55-21-4- A phenol derivative (described in Japanese Patent Laid-Open Publication No. SHO 54-145530), a derivative of a spiro dihydrogen or a f-dioxybenzene (in British Patent Publication No. 2,774,554) , the British Patent Publication No. 2,62888, and the Japanese Patent Special \43S9S.doc •33·201037828, published in the Gaza 61-9〇155 Bulletin), bite, screw bite or fragrant beans (In the U.S. Patent No. 3,432,300, U.S. Patent No. 3,573,5, U.S. Patent No. 3,574,627, U.S. Patent No. 3,764,337, and Japanese Patent No. Sho 52.152225, Japan (4), JP-A-53, No. 20327, 曰, Patent Special Opening 53 The semaphores, 曰本专利特开昭61, 9 (discussed in each bulletin of H56), Benzene singular scales or lysines (in British Patent No. 1347556, British Patent No. 2066975) Each specification, as well as Japanese Patent Publication No. Sho 54-121337, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. (10), and a double-destination derivative (described in the U.S. newspaper). Stomach (4) Gong Zhaoru 1625 'In order to improve the stability of the light or heat of the pigment material, it can also be used as an anti-fading agent in the report of the 42450 coffee number. :#,#The light resistance of the improved pigment can also be used as a single line. The fading agent. The example of the old U can be: ^ Xiaoji compound, as described in the Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. Hei 2-300288, and the diimmonium compound (in the US Patent Village 56^ This patent has a butterfly, nickel error ^ ^ ^, 1 (. contains). Patented 820057A1 in the specification (anti-reflection layer) - in the same way, in the above-mentioned calendering layer The anti-reflection layer is applied to the surface, and the anti-reflection function is imparted to the specific color enamel sheet. 143898.d Oc •34- 201037828 As the anti-reflection function of the anti-reflection layer, it is preferable that the unidirectional reflectance is 3% or less, and more preferably 1.8% or less. When the anti-reflection layer is provided, it is necessary to provide a low refractive index layer. As the low refractive index layer, the refractive index is lower than that of the transparent support. The refractive index of the low refractive index layer is preferably 丨2〇~155, more preferably 1,30~1_55. The thickness of the refractive index layer is preferably from nm to 200 nm. The low refractive index layer can be formed into a layer containing a fluoropolymer having a lower refractive index (Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 57-34526) The layer obtained by the sol-gel method is described in Japanese Laid-Open Patent Publication No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. Hei. Hei. Hei. ^则号, Japanese Patent Special Kaiping (4) Number, (iv) Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. dove, Japanese Patent Laid-Open Publication No. be described in each of the 9_2882〇1). In the layer containing the fine particles, as micropores in the interparticles or in the microparticles, voids are formed in the low refractive index layer. The layer containing the fine particles is preferably a layer (medium and high refractive index layer) which is lower than the lower refractive index. l43S9S.doc -35- 201037828 The refractive index of the high refractive index layer is preferably 165~2 1_70~2.20. In the middle of the spell, the yaw rate and the yin rate are adjusted to the middle of the refractive index of the low refractive index layer, the door, and the refractive index of the day. The refractive index of the medium refractive index layer is preferably the refractive index of the material i.50~H Ml. (5) The thickness of the refractive index layer is preferably 5 (four) ~ 丄. . Called, more 疋1〇nm~10 is called 'the best is 3〇ηιη~1μιη. The haze of the two high refractive index layers is preferably 5% or less, more preferably 3% or less, and the daring is preferably 1% or less. People are two high! The luminosity layer can be formed using a polymer adhesive having a relatively high refractive index. Examples of the polymer having a higher refractive index include polystyrene, the present ethylene copolymer, polycarbonate, a triazide resin, a resin, a resin, and a cyclic (alicyclic or aromatic) isocyanic acid. The polyaminocarboxylic acid obtained by the reaction with a polyol is brewed. Other polymers having a cyclic (aromatic ring, alicyclic) group or a polymer having a substituent other than gas have a higher refractive index. It is also possible to carry out polymerization of a radical-hardening monomer to form a polymerized conductor double bond. In order to obtain a higher refractive index, inorganic fine particles may be dispersed in a polymer binder. The refractive index of the inorganic fine particles is preferably i8G to 28〇. The inorganic fine particles used in the above-mentioned medium-high refractive index layer are preferably formed of an oxide or sulfide of a metal. Examples of metal oxides or sulfides include titanium dioxide (e.g., rutile, rutile/anatite mixed crystal, anatase, amorphous structure), tin oxide, indium oxide, zinc oxide, oxidized error, and sulfurized. Particularly preferred are titanium oxide, tin oxide, and indium oxide. The micro-particles can contain the oxides or sulfides of these metals as the main component and include other elements in 143898.doc -36- 201037828. The main component means a component having the largest content (% by weight) of the components constituting the particles. Examples of other elements include Ti, core, ", Sb, Cu, Fe, Mn, Pb, Cd, As, &, Hg, Zn, ^, , Mg, Si, p, and s. An inorganic material that is formally soluble and dispersible in a solvent, but is itself a liquid, such as an alkoxide of various elements, a salt of an organic acid, and a coordination compound (for example, a chelate compound) bonded to a coordinating compound. The active inorganic polymer forms a medium-high refractive index layer. The anti-glare function is provided on the surface of the anti-reflection layer (the function of scattering incident light on the surface to prevent the scenery around the film from being transferred to the surface of the film). The surface of the transparent film is formed with fine irregularities, and then an anti-reflection layer is formed on the surface thereof to obtain an anti-glare function, or an anti-glare function can be obtained by forming an anti-reflection layer and forming irregularities on the surface by an embossing roll. The functional antireflection layer usually has a haze of 3 to 30%. (Other layers) The crucible may also be provided with a hard coat layer, a lubricating layer, an antifouling layer, and an anti-reflection layer in a specific color filter of one aspect of the present invention. Electrostatic layer, ultraviolet light absorption The hard coat layer preferably comprises a crosslinked polymer, and the hard coat layer may be an acrylic, an amino phthalate type, an epoxy type polymer, a merging polymer or a monomer ( For example, an ultraviolet curable resin can be formed. A hard coat layer can also be formed from a ceria-based material. A lubricating layer can also be formed on the outermost surface of a specific color filter. The lubricating layer imparts lubricity to the surface of the anti-reflective film and improves resistance. Scratch function 143898.doc -37· 201037828 Lubricating layer can be used with polyorgano A sulfonated alkane (such as eucalyptus oil), natural wax 'stone odor wax, higher fatty acid metal salt, 胄彡 / rolling lubricant or It is formed by a derivative. The thickness of the lubricating layer is preferably 2 nm to 2 〇 nm. The antifouling layer can be formed by using a fluorine-containing polymer, and the thickness of the antifouling layer is better. 2 nm to 100 nm' is preferably 5 to 3 〇 nm. Antireflection layer (medium refractive index layer, high refractive index layer and/or low refractive index layer), filter layer, undercoat layer, hard coat layer, The lubricating layer and the other layers can be formed by a usual coating method, respectively. Examples of the method include: dip' method, air knife coating method, curtain coating method, fortunate coating method, wire bar coating method, gravure printing coating method, and extrusion coating method using a funnel (in US patent) It is described in the specification No. 2681294. It is also possible to form a layer of two or more layers by simultaneous coating. Regarding the simultaneous coating method, U.S. Patent No. 2,761,79, U.S. Patent No. 294, 1898, U.S. Patent No. 35,894, The manuals of U.S. Patent No. 3,526,528 and the "Coating Engineering" of the original Kawasaki No. 253 (issued by Asakura Publishing Co., Ltd. in 1973) are described. (Adaptability of Specific Color Filters) Specific color filters can be applied to, for example, liquid crystal display devices (Lcd), plasma display panels (PDPs), electroluminescent displays (Eld), or cathode tube display devices (CRT). An image display device such as that. When the antireflection layer is provided, the surface on the side where the low refractive index layer is not provided is disposed so as to face the image display of the image display device. When a specific color filter of the present invention is used as a color furnace sheet for a display device having an organic EL light-emitting element, a particularly remarkable effect can be obtained. 143898.doc -38- 201037828 a In an image display device such as an organic EL display device, a specific color light-emitting sheet is disposed so as to cover a surface that is not stolen. A specific color fading sheet can be directly attached to the surface of the display. Also, when setting the front panel in front of the monitor, you can also attach a specific color filter to the front side (outside) or back of the front panel; (display side). The display device of the present invention is preferably an organic EL display device which is characterized by having an element which emits R, G or B3 colors such as inorganic or organic EL, and can also use any principle of light-emitting elements and light sources, but uses An organic EL display device having a sister component. Hereinafter, an organic EL display device which can be preferably used in the present invention will be described in detail. <Organic EL display device and microcavity structure> The organic EL display device used in the present invention can be produced by referring to the specification of Japanese Patent No. 3944906. Hereinafter, description will be made using a diagram. [First Embodiment] Fig. 1 is a cross-sectional view showing an organic EL display device using an organic EL light-emitting device as a light-emitting device Q according to a third embodiment of the present invention. The display device can be used as an ultra-thin organic light-emitting color display device or the like, for example, by arranging the drive panel 1A and the sealing panel 2A, and bonding the entire surface by the layer 30. In the drive panel 1A, the organic EL light-emitting element 10R that generates red light, the organic EL light-emitting element 10G that generates green light, and the like are sequentially arranged in a matrix on the drive substrate 11 including an insulating material such as glass. An organic EL light-emitting element 10B that produces blue light. Each of the organic EL light-emitting elements 100R, 10G, and 10B is laminated, for example, from the side of the substrate for driving, with the first electrode 12 as an anode, the organic layer 14389.doc-39-20103782813, and the cathode as a cathode. 2 electrode 14. Further, the protective film 15 may be formed on the second electrode 14 as needed. The first electrode 12 also functions as a reflective layer, and it is preferable to have a reflectance as high as possible in terms of improving luminous efficiency. For example, when a material having a higher extinction coefficient such as metal is used, if a material having a lower refractive index is used as much as possible, and the thickness of the lamination direction (hereinafter referred to simply as thickness) is a degree of light impermement, specifically When the thickness is 10 Å or more, the reflectance can be improved, which is preferable. Specifically, it is preferable to set the thick product to, for example, about 200 nm, and to constitute a simple substance or an alloy of a metal element having a high work function such as platinum (Pt), gold (Au) or ruthenium (W). Further, other elements may be added to the first electrode 12 so that the optical constant does not substantially differ. The configuration of the organic layer 13 differs depending on the color of the organic EL light-emitting elements 10R, i〇G, and 10B. Fig. 2 is an enlarged view showing the configuration of the organic layer 13 in the organic EL light-emitting elements 100R, 10B. Each of the organic layers 13 of the organic EL light-emitting elements 10R, ιοΒ has a structure in which a hole transport layer 13A, a light-emitting layer 13B, and an electron transport layer 13 C are laminated in this order from the side of the first electrode 12. The hole transport layer 13A is for improving the hole injection efficiency for the light-emitting layer 13B. In the present embodiment, the hole transport layer 13 A also serves as a hole injection layer. The light-emitting layer 13B generates light by injection of a current. The electron transport layer uc is used to increase the electron injection efficiency in the light-emitting layer 13B. The hole transport layer 13A of the organic EL light-emitting element 10R has a thickness of, for example, about 45 nm, and contains bis[(N-naphthyl)-N-phenyl]benzidine (α-NPD). The light-emitting layer 13 B of the organic EL light-emitting element 1 OR has a thickness of, for example, about 50 nm, and includes 14389.doc -40·201037828 2,5-bis[4-[N-(4-decyloxyphenyl)-N_ Phenylamino]]styrylbenzene_M_diconitrile (BSB). The electron transport layer 13C of the organic light-emitting element i〇R has a thickness of, for example, about 30 nm and contains an 8-hydroxyquinoline aluminum complex (Alq3). • The organic layer [the hole transport layer 13A of the light-emitting element 10B has a thickness of, for example, about 30 nm] contains a-NPD. The light-emitting layer 13B of the organic EL light-emitting element 10B has a thickness of, for example, about 30 nm, and contains 4,4·_bis(2,2i-diphenylvinyl)biphenyl (DPVBi). The electron-transporting layer 13c of the organic light-emitting element 10 has a thickness of, for example, about 30 nm and contains Aiq3. Ο Fig. 3 shows an enlarged view of the configuration of the organic layer 13 in the organic EL light-emitting element 1 〇G. The organic layer 13 of the organic EL light-emitting element i〇G has a structure in which a hole transport layer 13A and a light-emitting layer 13B are laminated in this order from the side of the first electrode 12. The hole transport layer 13A doubles as a hole injection layer, and the light-emitting layer 13B doubles as an electron transport layer. The hole transport layer 13A of the organic EL light-emitting element 10G has, for example, a thickness of about 5 〇 nm and includes a-NPD. In the case of the light-emitting layer 13B of the organic EL light-emitting element i〇G, the thickness Q is about 60 nm, and it is contained in Alq3 and mixed with i% by volume of coumarin 6 (C6; Coumarin 6). The second electrode 14 shown in Figs. 1 to 3 has a function as a semi-transmissive reflective layer. In other words, the organic EL light-emitting elements 1 〇R, 1 〇G, and 10B have the end surface on the light-emitting layer 13B side of the first electrode 丨2 as the ith end portion ρι, and the end surface on the light-emitting layer 13B side of the second electrode 14 as the first surface. In the second end portion P2, the organic layer 13 serves as a resonance portion, and the light generated in the light-emitting layer 13B resonates and is emitted from the side of the second end portion p2. If the resonator structure is as described above, the light generated in the light-emitting layer 13B generates multiple interferences, and functions as a narrow-band filter 143898.doc -41 - 201037828, whereby half of the spectrum of the emitted light It is preferred because the height and width are reduced and the color purity is improved. Further, 'the light can be attenuated by the interference of the self-sealing panel 2〇 by multiple interferences', and the organic EL light-emitting elements 10R, 1 can be made by a combination with the color filter 22 (refer to FIG. 1) described below. The reflectance of light outside G, 1〇B becomes extremely small', so it is preferable. The protective film 15 shown in FIG. 1 has, for example, a thickness of 5 〇〇 nm or more, 1 〇, or less than 〇〇〇 nm, which is a passivation film containing a transparent dielectric. The protective film 15 contains, for example, yttrium oxide (Si〇2), tantalum nitride (SiN), or the like. As shown in Fig. 1, the sealing panel 2A has a sealing substrate 21 which is disposed on the side of the second electrode 14 of the driving panel 1A and which seals the organic rainbow light-emitting elements, 10G, and 10B together with the adhesive layer 3'. The sealing substrate 21 includes a material such as glass transparent to light generated in the organic EL light-emitting elements 1011, 1〇G, and 1B. For example, a color filter 22 is provided on the sealing substrate 21, which emits light generated by the organic EL light-emitting elements i〇r, i〇G, and 10B, and is absorbed by the organic EL light-emitting elements 10R, i〇G. , 10B, and the wiring between the wires are reflected outside, thereby improving contrast. The color filter 22 may be provided on either side of the sealing substrate 21, but is preferably provided on the side of the driving panel 1A. The reason for this is that the color filter 22 can be prevented from being exposed on the surface and protected by the adhesive layer 3 . The color filter 22 has the red color filter 22R, the green color filter 22G, and the blue color filter 22B'. These are arranged in order corresponding to the organic EL light-emitting elements i〇r, i〇G, and 10B. The red color filter 22R, the green color filter 22G, and the blue color filter 22B are divided into 143898.doc • 42· 201037828, for example, in a rectangular shape and without a gap. The red color filter 22R, the green color filter 22G, and the blue color filter 22A respectively contain a resin mixed with a pigment and are adjusted by selecting a pigment to transmit light as a target red, green or blue wavelength band. Rate 胄 high n light segment of the light; become lower. Ο 〇 Figures 4Α to 4Β and Figs. 5Α to 5Β show the manufacturing method of the display device in order of steps. First, as shown in FIG. 4A, the first electrode 12 including the above material is formed on the driving substrate U including the above material by, for example, direct current (four), and then selectively performed using, for example, lithography. The film is patterned into a predetermined shape. Thereafter, as shown in FIG. 4A, the organic layer 13 (including the hole transport layer 13A, the light-emitting layer UB, and/or the electron transport layer 13C) having the above-described thickness and material is sequentially formed by, for example, a vapor deposition method. The second electrode 14 is formed with organic light-emitting elements urn, 1 () G, _ as shown in FIGS. 2 and 3, respectively. Thereafter, the protective film 15 is formed on the second electrode 14 as needed. Thereby, the drive panel 1A is formed. Fig. 4B shows a color filter having a coloring pattern of r, g, b formed by the prior method. For example, a material of the red filter or the light sheet 22R is applied by a spin coating method or the like (in the present embodiment, a coloring photosensitive composition described later is used), and the photolithography technique is used for the sealing substrate. Calcination after patterning ' II This forms a red filter 22R. Then, the blue color filter 22B and the green color filter 22G are sequentially formed in the same manner as the formation of the red color filter 22R, thereby forming the sealing panel 2 having the r, G, and B coloring patterns shown in Fig. 4b. The order of formation of red filter, light film, blue calender and green calender is 143898.doc •43· 201037828 Arbitrary setting. From the above, it is known that in the previous step, the step of patterning 'calcination only repeats the number of tones. According to the present invention, the one-tone light-passing sheet can have both the previous two colors', so that the number of steps of the portion can be reduced. After the sealing panel 20 and the driving panel 1 are formed, as shown in Fig. 5A, an adhesive layer 30 is formed on the protective film 15. Thereafter, as shown in Fig. 5B, the driving panel 1A is bonded to the sealing panel 2A via the subsequent layer 30. At this time, it is preferable that the side of the sealing panel 20 on the side where the color filter 22 is formed is disposed opposite to the driving panel 10. By driving the driving panel 1A and the sealing panel 2 in the above manner, the display device shown in Figs. 1 to 3 is completed. In the display device, when a predetermined voltage is applied between the first electrode 12 and the second electrode 14, a current is injected into the light-emitting layer 13B, and the hole and the electron are again bonded, whereby the light-emitting layer 13B is mainly used. The interface causes luminescence. This light is multi-reflected between the first electrode 12 and the second electrode 14, and is transmitted through the second electrode 14, the protective layer 15, the color filter 22, and the sealing substrate 21. At this time, the external light is incident from the side of the substrate 2 1 for sealing, but the external light other than the resonance wavelength is absorbed by the color filter 22' and is attenuated by the multiple interference in the organic EL light-emitting elements 10R, 10G, and 10B. On the other hand, light other than the resonance wavelength passes through the color filter 22 and enters the organic EL light-emitting elements 10R, 10G, and 10B, and is mainly reflected by the second electrode 14 and the first electrode 12. However, in the present embodiment, the side of the first end portion P1, that is, the side of the first electrode 12 and the second end portion P2, that is, the reflected light of the external light in the second electrode 14 is configured as follows. The intensity and phase were adjusted so that the reflectance in the organic EL light-emitting elements 10R, 10G, and 10B became 20. /. In the following, therefore, the reflected light emitted from the external light-reversing substrate 21 is extremely limited to 143898.doc-44-201037828. Therefore, the impact of shooting or location is reduced. Although the first embodiment of the present invention is described in the first embodiment, the present invention is not limited to the above embodiment, and various modifications can be made. For example, the materials of the respective layers described in the above-described embodiments, the coating method, the film forming method, and the film forming conditions are not limited, and may be set to other materials and 2 degrees, or may be set to other film formation. Methods and phase conditions. to
本實施形態中,採用適合於本發明之微空腔結構,告然本 發明亦能夠以不使用該微空腔結構之形態進行實施^… 於上述實施形態中’具有R、G、B 3色之像素,但於本 發明中,除此以外,亦可具有不經由濾光片層而射出光之 白色像素。 又,於上述實施形態中,具體列舉有機£[發光元件之構 成進行了說明,但並非必需具備電洞注入用薄膜層13A、 保護膜15等所有層’又,亦可進—步具備其他層。例如, 亦可將第1電極12設定為於介電質多層膜或A1等之反射膜 之上部積層有透明導電膜的雙層結構。於此情形時,該反 射膜之發光層側之端面構成共振部之端部,透明導電膜構 成共振部之一部分。 進而,於上述實施形態中,對第2電極14由半透過性反 射層構成之情形進行了說明,但第2電極14亦可設定為自 第1電極之侧起依次積層半透過性反射層與透明電極而成 之結構。該透明電極係用於降低半透過性反射層之電阻 者’其包含對於發光層中所產生之光具有充分之透光性的 143898.doc -45- 201037828 Γτ 〇電(II料。作為構成透明電極之材料,較好的是例如 η _ Tln 0xlde,氧化銦錫)或者包含姻與辞及 氧=合物。其原因在於即使於室溫下成膜亦可獲得良好 之導電性。透明電極之厚度例如可設定為3〇⑽以上、 囊崎下。又,於此情料,亦可形成將半透過性反 射層作為-個端部,於夾著透明電極之位置設置另一個端 部,並將透明電極作為共振部之共振器結構。進而’於設 置此種共㈣結構之情料,若藉由具有與構成透明電^ 之材料相同程度之折射率的材料構成保護_,則可使保 δ蒦膜15作為共振部之一部分而較佳。 進而,本發明亦可應用於構成如下之共振器結構之情 形,即由透明電極構成第2電極14,並且以該透明電極之 與有機層13相反侧之端面之反射率變大之方式構成,且將 第1電極12之發光層13Β側之端面作為第丨端部,將透明電 極之與有機層相反側之端面作為第2端部。例如,亦可增 大與保護膜15或接著層30之交界面之反射率,並將該交^ 面作為第2端部。又,亦可不設置保護膜15以及接著層 30,使透明電極與大氣層接觸,增大透明電極與大氣層之 交界面之反射率’並將該交界面作為第2端部。 [第2實施形態] 其次,作為第2實施形態,對使光自TFT基板側射出之 情形加以說明。 於上述實施形態中,對自驅動用基板丨丨之側起依次將第 1電極12、有機層13以及第2電極14積層於驅動用基板11之 143898.doc -46 - 201037828 上,並使光自密封面板20之側射出之情形進行了說明,作 亦可顛倒積層順序,自驅動用基板Μ側起依次將第2電 極14、有機層13以及第丨電極12積層於驅動用基板I〗之 • 上’並使光自驅動用基板11之側射出。 . 又,例如於上述實施形態中,對將第丨電極12作為陽 極’將第2電極14作為陰極之情形進行了說明,但亦可颠 倒陽極以及陰極’將^電極12作為陰極,將第2電極⑷乍 為陽極。於此情形時,作為第2電極14之材料,較好的是 功函數較高之金、銀、始、銅等單質或合金,但亦可藉由 設置電洞注人用薄膜層13Α而使用其他材料。X,亦可於 第2電極!4中以光學常數不產生實質性之差之程度而添加 其他元素。進而’亦可將第!電極12作為陰極,將第2電極 14作為陽極,並且自驅動用基板η之側起依次將第2電極 14、有機層13以及第!電極12積層於驅動用基板u之上, 並使光自驅動用基板1 1之側射出。 〇 本&月之』不裝置中所具備之彩色渡光片亦可應用於公 知之具有R、G、B之著色圖案的態樣,或者具有其忉色 〜3色之任意著色圖案的態樣。於此情形時,可藉由於預先 所认定之1色〜3色之著色圖案令添加具有上述特定峰值之 染料而形成本發明之特定彩色滤光片。以下,對具有複數 種色調之著色圖案之彩色濾、光片及其製造方法一併進行詳 細說明。 本發明之顯示裝晋且供、<ν Λ .在μ u <罝具備衫色濾先片。根據需要,為了遮In the present embodiment, a microcavity structure suitable for the present invention is employed, and the present invention can also be implemented without using the microcavity structure. In the above embodiment, 'there are R, G, and B colors. In the present invention, in addition to the above, a white pixel that emits light without passing through the filter layer may be provided. Further, in the above-described embodiment, the organic structure [the structure of the light-emitting element has been described, but it is not necessary to include all the layers such as the hole injection film layer 13A and the protective film 15", and other layers may be further provided. . For example, the first electrode 12 may be formed in a two-layer structure in which a transparent conductive film is laminated on a dielectric multilayer film or a reflective film such as A1. In this case, the end face on the light-emitting layer side of the reflective film constitutes an end portion of the resonance portion, and the transparent conductive film constitutes a part of the resonance portion. Further, in the above-described embodiment, the case where the second electrode 14 is constituted by the semi-transmissive reflective layer has been described. However, the second electrode 14 may be formed such that a semi-transmissive reflective layer is laminated in this order from the side of the first electrode. The structure made of transparent electrodes. The transparent electrode is used to reduce the resistance of the semi-transmissive reflective layer, which includes 148898.doc-45-201037828 Γτ 〇 (for material transparent to the light generated in the luminescent layer). The material of the electrode is preferably, for example, η _ Tln 0xlde, indium tin oxide) or contains an conjugate and an oxygen compound. The reason for this is that good electrical conductivity can be obtained even when film formation is carried out at room temperature. The thickness of the transparent electrode can be set, for example, to 3 〇 (10) or more and the sac. Further, in this case, a semi-transmissive reflective layer may be formed as a single end portion, and the other end portion may be provided at a position sandwiching the transparent electrode, and the transparent electrode may be a resonator portion. Further, in the case of providing such a common (four) structure, if the protection _ is formed by a material having a refractive index equal to the refractive index of the material constituting the transparent electrode, the δ film 15 can be made a part of the resonance portion. good. Furthermore, the present invention can also be applied to a configuration in which the second electrode 14 is formed of a transparent electrode, and the reflectance of the end surface of the transparent electrode opposite to the organic layer 13 is increased. The end surface of the first electrode 12 on the side of the light-emitting layer 13 is referred to as a second end portion, and the end surface of the transparent electrode opposite to the organic layer is referred to as a second end portion. For example, the reflectance at the interface with the protective film 15 or the adhesive layer 30 may be increased, and the intersection may be the second end portion. Further, the protective film 15 and the adhesive layer 30 may not be provided, and the transparent electrode may be brought into contact with the atmosphere to increase the reflectance of the interface between the transparent electrode and the atmosphere, and the interface may be the second end. [Second Embodiment] Next, a case where light is emitted from the TFT substrate side will be described as a second embodiment. In the above embodiment, the first electrode 12, the organic layer 13, and the second electrode 14 are laminated on the driving substrate 11 in the order of 14389.doc -46 - 201037828, and the light is applied to the substrate. The case where the side of the sealing panel 20 is emitted is described, and the second layer 14 , the organic layer 13 , and the second electrode 12 are sequentially laminated on the driving substrate I from the side of the driving substrate. • Upper 'and emit light from the side of the substrate 11 for driving. Further, for example, in the above embodiment, the case where the second electrode 14 is used as the anode with the second electrode as the anode has been described. However, the anode and the cathode may be reversed and the electrode 12 may be used as the cathode. The electrode (4) is an anode. In this case, as the material of the second electrode 14, a simple substance or an alloy such as gold, silver, or copper, which has a high work function, is preferable, but it may be used by providing a film layer 13 for hole injection. other materials. X, also available in the 2nd electrode! In 4, other elements are added to the extent that the optical constant does not substantially differ. Furthermore, you can also be the first! The electrode 12 serves as a cathode, and the second electrode 14 serves as an anode, and the second electrode 14, the organic layer 13, and the second are sequentially arranged from the side of the driving substrate η! The electrode 12 is laminated on the driving substrate u, and the light is emitted from the side of the driving substrate 1 1 . The color light-passing sheet provided in the 〇本&月之』不装置 can also be applied to a well-known color pattern having R, G, and B color patterns, or a state having any coloring pattern of 忉色~3 colors. kind. In this case, the specific color filter of the present invention can be formed by adding a dye having the above specific peak value by a coloring pattern of one color to three colors recognized in advance. Hereinafter, a color filter, a light sheet having a color pattern of a plurality of colors, and a method of manufacturing the same will be described in detail. The display of the present invention is provided with a <ν Λ. In the μ u < 罝 has a shirt color filter. According to need, in order to cover
光、抗反射等,其亦可炎、任二A 、刀了為進而具備黑矩陣之彩色濾光片。 14389S.doc -47- 201037828 各著色像素係利用著色成各種顏色之著色組合物 使:光微影法、利用喷墨之印刷法、反轉印刷法或者齐 壓^法等各種圖案成形方法。以下,對作為本發明之形離 之一的藉由光微影法之著色圖案成形加以說明。 〜 於光微影法中使用著色感光性組合物。著色感光性組合 物係包含作為著色社顏料、㈣等著色劑,驗溶性樹 脂,光聚合性化合物以及光聚合起始劑等。 除上述本發明之染料以外’亦可將各種染料用於光微影 法中。除此以外,亦可添加公知之顏料,但較好的是預先 ㈣各種樹脂對顏料進行處理。gp,顏料通常於合成後, 精由各種方法進行乾燥,通常使其乾燥而除去水介質,將 其以粉末體之形式供給,但水於乾燥過程中需要較大之蒸 毛潛熱’且需要供給較大之熱能以形成乾燥粉末。因此, 顏料較普遍的是形成一次粒子締合而成之凝聚體(二次粒 子)由於將形成上述凝聚體之顏料分散於微粒子中並不 容易’因此預先利用樹脂進行處理會使分散變得容易而較 理想。作為此處之樹脂,可列舉下述之鹼溶性樹脂。 作為上述分散處理之方法,有沖洗處理或利用捏合機 [kneader)、擠壓機(extruder)、球磨機、雙輥或三輥研磨機 等U東方法。其中’沖洗處理或利用雙粮或三輥研磨機 之混練法較適合於微粒子化。 上述沖洗處理係如下之方法:通常將顏料之水分散液和 溶解於並不與水混合之溶劑中的樹脂溶液混合,自水介質 中將顏料萃取至有機介質中,然後利用樹脂對顏料進行處 143898.doc •48- 201037828 理。根據該方法,由於不對顏料進行乾燥,因此可防止顏 料凝聚,使分散變得容易。又,上述利用雙輥或三輥研磨 機之混練係如下之方法:將顏料與樹脂或樹脂之溶液加以 混合後’一面施加較高之剪斷力(剪切力),一面藉由將顏 料與樹脂加以混練而將樹脂塗佈於顏料表面,藉此對顏料 進行處理。於該過程中凝聚之顏料粒子自更低層次之凝聚 體分散至一次粒子為止。 又,亦可作為預先利用丙烯酸系樹脂、氯乙烯_乙酸乙 烯酯樹脂、順丁烯二酸樹脂、乙基纖維素樹脂、硝基纖維 素樹脂等進行處理而成之加工顏料而使用。作為該加工顏 料之形態,較好的是樹脂與顏料均勻地分散之粉末、糊 狀、顆粒狀、糊狀。又,樹脂凝膠化而成之不均勻之塊狀 者欠佳。 可考慮高透過率、高色彩再現性而任意地選擇除具有本 發明之光譜之彩色濾光片以外所使用之先前於同樣之綠 色、紅色以及藍色像素中使用之顏料。 於本毛明中,較好的疋視需要使用微細且經整粒化之顏 料。 ’ 於有機顏料之微細化中,較好的是使用包含將有機顏料 與水溶性有機溶劑及水溶性無機鹽類一同形成高黏度之液 狀組合物,並進行磨碎之步驟的方法。 於本發明中,在有機顏料之微細化中’更好的是使用以 下之方法。 即,百先使用雙輥研磨機、三輥研磨機、球磨機、轉筒 143898.doc -49· 201037828 、分散機(讀ER)、捏合機、雙向捏合機、均 質機、摻合機、單轴或者雙軸之擠出機等混練機對有機顏 科、水溶性有機溶劑以及水溶性無機鹽類之混合物(液狀 =物)賦予較強之剪切力’藉此磨碎混合物中之有機顏 將該混合物投入至水中,用攪拌機等使其形成為漿 枓狀。繼而,對該毅料進行過渡、水洗,去除水溶性有機 溶劑以及水溶性無機鹽後,進行乾燥,藉此可獲得經微細 化之上述顏料。 〇 作為亡述微細化方法中所制之水溶性有機溶劑,可列 舉.甲醇、乙醇、異丙酵、正丙醇、異丁醇、正丁醇、乙 二醇、二乙二醇、二乙三醇單甲趟、二乙二醇單乙謎、二 乙二醇單丁醚、丙二醇、丙二醇單甲_乙酸醋等。 又’若僅使用少量即可吸附於顏料上,且不流失於廢水 2貝J亦可使用.苯、甲苯、二甲笨、乙苯、氣苯、石肖基 本、苯胺,'啥啉、四氫咬喃、二吟烧、乙酸乙酯、 乙酸異丙醋、乙酸丁醋、己烷、庚烷'辛烷、壬烷、癸Light, anti-reflection, etc., which can also be flammable, any two A, knife and then have a black matrix color filter. 14389S.doc -47- 201037828 Each colored pixel is formed by a coloring composition colored in various colors by a photolithography method, an inkjet printing method, a reverse printing method, or a embossing method. Hereinafter, the coloring pattern formation by the photolithography method, which is one of the forms of the present invention, will be described. ~ The coloring photosensitive composition is used in the photolithography method. The coloring photosensitive composition contains a coloring agent, a coloring agent such as (4), a testable resin, a photopolymerizable compound, a photopolymerization initiator, and the like. In addition to the dyes of the present invention described above, various dyes can also be used in the photolithography method. In addition to this, a known pigment may be added, but it is preferred to treat the pigment in advance with (4) various resins. Gp, pigment is usually synthesized after drying, usually dried by various methods, usually dried to remove the aqueous medium, which is supplied as a powder, but water requires a large amount of latent heat of steaming during the drying process and needs to be supplied Larger thermal energy to form a dry powder. Therefore, it is more common for pigments to form agglomerates (secondary particles) in which primary particles are associated with each other. It is not easy to disperse the pigments forming the agglomerates in the fine particles. And ideal. The resin here is exemplified by the following alkali-soluble resin. As the method of the above dispersion treatment, there are a rinsing treatment or a U-dong method using a kneader, an extruder, a ball mill, a twin roll or a three-roll mill. Among them, the rinsing treatment or the kneading method using the double-grain or three-roll mill is more suitable for micronization. The above rinsing treatment is a method in which an aqueous dispersion of a pigment is usually mixed with a resin solution dissolved in a solvent which is not mixed with water, a pigment is extracted from an aqueous medium into an organic medium, and then the pigment is used for the pigment. 143898.doc •48- 201037828 Theory. According to this method, since the pigment is not dried, it is possible to prevent the pigment from agglomerating and to facilitate the dispersion. Further, the above-described kneading by a two-roll or three-roll mill is a method in which a pigment is mixed with a resin or a resin solution to apply a high shearing force (shearing force) while the pigment is The resin is kneaded to apply a resin to the surface of the pigment, whereby the pigment is treated. The pigment particles agglomerated during this process are dispersed from the lower aggregates to the primary particles. Further, it can also be used as a processing pigment obtained by previously treating with an acrylic resin, a vinyl chloride-vinyl acetate resin, a maleic acid resin, an ethyl cellulose resin, a nitrocellulose resin or the like. As the form of the processed pigment, a powder, a paste, a granule or a paste in which the resin and the pigment are uniformly dispersed are preferred. Further, the block formed by the gelation of the resin is not uniform. The pigments used in the same green, red, and blue pixels used in addition to the color filters having the spectrum of the present invention can be arbitrarily selected in consideration of high transmittance and high color reproducibility. In Ben Maoming, it is necessary to use a fine and granulated pigment for better contempt. In the miniaturization of the organic pigment, it is preferred to use a method comprising the step of subjecting the organic pigment to a liquid composition having a high viscosity together with a water-soluble organic solvent and a water-soluble inorganic salt, and grinding. In the present invention, in the miniaturization of the organic pigment, it is more preferable to use the following method. That is, the first use of two-roll mill, three-roll mill, ball mill, drum 143898.doc -49· 201037828, disperser (read ER), kneader, two-way kneader, homogenizer, blender, single shaft Or a blender such as a twin-axis extruder imparts a strong shear force to a mixture of organic dermatology, a water-soluble organic solvent, and a water-soluble inorganic salt (liquid substance), thereby pulverizing the organic substance in the mixture. The mixture is poured into water and formed into a pulp shape by a stirrer or the like. Then, the material is subjected to a transition, water washing, removal of the water-soluble organic solvent and the water-soluble inorganic salt, followed by drying, whereby the above-mentioned fine pigment can be obtained.水溶性 As a water-soluble organic solvent prepared by the method of miniaturization, methanol, ethanol, isopropanol, n-propanol, isobutanol, n-butanol, ethylene glycol, diethylene glycol, and diethyl ether may be mentioned. Triol monomethyl hydrazine, diethylene glycol mono hexamethyst, diethylene glycol monobutyl ether, propylene glycol, propylene glycol monomethyl acetate vinegar, and the like. In addition, if only a small amount can be adsorbed on the pigment, and it can be used without losing 2 lbs of waste water. Benzene, toluene, dimethyl strepto, ethylbenzene, gas benzene, shisha basic, aniline, 'porphyrin, four Hydrogen tridentate, diterpene, ethyl acetate, isopropyl acetate, butyl acetate, hexane, heptane 'octane, decane, hydrazine
CJ 烷、十-烷、十二烷、環己烷、甲基環己烷、函化烴、丙 _、甲基乙基嗣、甲其里a, f 土異丁基酮、J衣己酮、二甲基甲醯 胺 甲基亞石風、N-甲某此这_ 0令舶哲 丞各定_專。又,亦可視需要混 s使用兩種以上之溶劑。 該等水溶性有機溶劑之使用量相對於上述有機顏料,較好 的是質量。/。〜300質量%之範圍,更好的是_量%質 量%之範圍。 於本發明中’作為水溶性無機鹽,可使用:氯化 143898.doc •50· 201037828 鈉、氯化鉀、氣化鈣、氣化鋇、硫酸鈉等。 田水溶性無機鹽之使用量較好的是顏料之1倍質量〜50倍質 越多越具有磨碎效果’ <旦就生產性方面而言,更佳之 • 量為1倍質量〜10倍質量。 • 、X,為了防止水溶性無機鹽之溶解’㈣的是要磨碎之 液狀組合物中之水分為1質量%以下。 於本發明中,當磨碎自合 ._ .. 田邋矸匕3顏枓、水溶性有機溶劑以及水 =性無機鹽之液狀組合物時,只要使用上述混練機等濕式 ㈣裝置即可。對於該濕式粉碎裝置之運轉條件並無特別 限制,但為了使利用粉碎介質(水溶性無機鹽)之磨碎有效 地進行,於裝置為捏合機之情形時之運轉條件較好的是裝 置内之刀 之轉速_rpm韻rpm,又,雙轴之旋轉比CJ alkane, deca-alkane, dodecane, cyclohexane, methylcyclohexane, functional hydrocarbon, propyl ketone, methyl ethyl hydrazine, methyl ketone a, f soil isobutyl ketone, J hexanone, Dimethylmethaneamine methyl sulphate wind, N-A, this _ 0. Further, it is also possible to use two or more solvents as needed. The amount of the water-soluble organic solvent to be used is preferably a mass with respect to the above organic pigment. /. The range of ~300% by mass, more preferably the range of _% by mass%. In the present invention, as the water-soluble inorganic salt, chlorinated 143898.doc • 50· 201037828 sodium, potassium chloride, calcium carbonate, gasified hydrazine, sodium sulfate or the like can be used. The amount of water-soluble inorganic salt used in the field is better than 1 times the mass of the pigment ~ 50 times the more the more the grinding effect' < In terms of productivity, the better the amount is 1 times the mass ~ 10 times quality. • X, in order to prevent the dissolution of the water-soluble inorganic salt, (4) The water content in the liquid composition to be ground is 1% by mass or less. In the present invention, when the liquid composition of the self-contained product, the water-soluble organic solvent, and the water-sex inorganic salt is ground, the wet type (four) device such as the above-described kneading machine is used. can. The operating conditions of the wet pulverizing apparatus are not particularly limited, but in order to effectively carry out the grinding by the pulverizing medium (water-soluble inorganic salt), in the case where the apparatus is a kneader, the operating conditions are better in the apparatus. Rotary speed of the knife _rpm rhyme rpm, again, the rotation ratio of the two axes
相對地越大,磨碎效果抵士 & h U 科絲敍而較佳。又,運轉時間較好的 疋與乾式粉碎時間合計共M、 ,α 町8小打,裝置之内溫較好 的疋50°C〜15〇t。又,作為粉碎 & β 气力賢之水溶性無機鹽較好 的疋粉碎粒度為5 pm〜50 μιη,粒彳a V 带。 祖L之为布較集中,且為球 精由將如上所述之磨辟接#、θ人 ““ m碎後之说合物與_之溫水混合, . 而使水溶性有機溶劑與水溶性盔播睡_„ …機鹽類溶解,其後進行過 -濾、水洗,然後利用烘箱進行乾 機顏料。 乾知彳而可獲得微細之有 作為其他獲得微細之有機_之方法,有如下方法等. 使有機顏料溶解於良溶劑而製 . 、々、A日士 I 衣作有機顏料溶液後,將盥誃 /谷液具有相容性之有機顏料 、μ 寸 < 不良浴劑與該溶液加以混合 143S98.doc •51- 201037828 後使有機顏料析出。 <顏料分散組合物〉 以上述方式所獲得之顏料於 前,诵當a 7坦㈢ 正者色感先性組合物之 稱為顏料=):::之分散性而取顏料分散組合物(亦 ”量相對於合物之全部 θ 較好的疋〗0〜6〇質量%,更好的是 1 5〜50質量。/。。若顏料之含量 充八卄/’"、述範圍内,則於色濃度 充刀並確保優異之色特性方面有效。 顏料分散組合物含有分散劑之至少-種。藉由含有咳分 散劑,可提昇顏料之分散性。 作為分散劑,例如可摘告谐揭:八+ 活性劑而使用。了…擇之顏料分散劑或界面 具體而言’可使用許多種類之化合物,例如可列舉:有 機@氧Μ合物ΚΡ341(信越化學Κ股)(msu ChemicalCo.,Ltd.)製造),作為(甲基)丙婦酸(共戌合物之 POLYFLOW No· 75、No_ 9〇、N〇 95(共榮社化學工業 (股 XKyoeisha Chemical c〇.,Ud )製造),w謝(裕商 (股)(Yush〇 Co·,Ltd·)公司製造)等陽離子界面活性劑;聚 氧乙烯月桂基趟’聚氧乙烯硬脂基喊’聚氧乙蝉油聚 氧乙烯辛基苯基醚,聚氧乙烯壬基苯基醚,聚乙二醇一月 桂酸醋,聚乙二醇二硬脂酸酯,山梨糖醇野脂肪酸酿I非 離子界面活性劑;WO〇4、WO〇5、W017(裕商(股)公司製Relatively larger, the grinding effect is better than that of the & h U Cos. In addition, the total enthalpy and dry pulverization time with a good running time totaled M, and the α-machi was 8 hours, and the internal temperature of the device was 疋50°C~15〇t. Further, as the water-soluble inorganic salt of the pulverized & beta gas force, the mash particle size is 5 pm to 50 μm, and the granule a V band. The ancestor L is more concentrated in the cloth, and the ball essence is mixed with the tempering water, as described above, and the θ person "m" is mixed with warm water, and the water-soluble organic solvent and water are dissolved. Sexual helmets broadcast sleep _„ ...the machine salt dissolves, after which it has been filtered-washed and washed, and then dried in the oven. The dry sputum can be obtained as a fine method for obtaining fine organic _ Method, etc.. After dissolving the organic pigment in a good solvent, the 々, A, I, I, the organic pigment solution, the organic pigment of the 盥誃/gu solution, the μ inch < the bad bath and the The solution was mixed with 143S98.doc •51-201037828 and the organic pigment was precipitated. <Pigment Dispersion Composition> The pigment obtained in the above manner was previously referred to as a 7 tan (3) positive color pre-existing composition. The dispersibility of the pigment =)::: takes the pigment dispersion composition (also) in an amount of from 0 to 6 〇 mass%, more preferably from 1 to 50 mass%, based on the total θ of the compound. If the content of the pigment is in the range of 卄 / '", within the range, then the color concentration is filled and the machine is ensured. The pigment dispersion composition contains at least one kind of a dispersing agent, and the dispersibility of the pigment can be improved by containing a cough dispersing agent. As a dispersing agent, for example, it can be used by using an eight-active agent. The pigment dispersant or the interface is specifically selected, and a plurality of kinds of compounds can be used, and, for example, organic@oxohydrate ΚΡ341 (manufactured by Msu Chemical Co., Ltd.) can be cited as Methyl) propyl benzoic acid (POLFLOW No. 75, No _ 9 〇, N 〇 95 (manufactured by XKyoeisha Chemical C〇., Ud)), w Xie (Yu Shang) (Yush〇Co·,Ltd.) company and other cationic surfactants; polyoxyethylene lauryl 趟 'polyoxyethylene stearyl scream 'polyoxyethylene oxime oil polyoxyethylene octyl phenyl ether, polyoxygen Vinyl nonylphenyl ether, polyethylene glycol monolaurate, polyethylene glycol distearate, sorbitol wild fatty acid brewing I nonionic surfactant; WO〇4, WO〇5, W017 Business system
造)等陰離子界面活性劑,· EFKA-46、EFKA-47、EF1CA 143898.doc -52· 201037828 47EA、EFKA Ploymer 100、EFKA Ploymer 400、EFKA Ploymer 401、EFKA Ploymer 450(均為汽巴精化公司(Ciba Japan K.K·)製造),Disperse Aid 6、Disperse Aid 8、 . Disperse Aid 15、Disperse Aid 9100(均為 San Nope公司製 造)等高分子分散劑;SOLSPERSE 3000、5000、9000、 12000、13240、13940 ' 17000、24000、26000、28000等 各種SOLSPERSE分散劑(日本路博潤(股)公司(The Lubrizol Corporation)製造);ADEKA PLURONIC L31、F38、L42、 〇 L44、L61、L64、F68、L72、P95、F77、P84、F87、 P94 ' L101、Pl〇3、F108、L121、P-123(旭電化 (股)(ADEKA Corporation)製造)以及 IONET S-20(三洋化成 (股)(Sanyo Chemical Industries Ltd.)製造),Disperbyk 101、103、106、108、109、111、112、116、130、140、 142 、 162 、 163 、 164 、 166 、 167 、 170 、 171 、 174 、 176 、 180、182、2000、2001、2050、2150 (BYK Japan KK(股) 公司製造)。除此以外,可列舉丙烯酸共聚物等分子末端 ❹ 或側鍵具有極性基之寡聚物或者聚合物。 分散劑於顏料分散組合物中之含量相對於上述顏料之質 • 量,較好的是1~100質量%,更好的是3〜70質量%。 顏料分散組合物中可視需要添加顏料衍生物。使與分散 劑具有親和性之部分、或者導入有極性基之顏料衍生物吸 附於顏料表面,並將其用作分散劑之吸附點,藉此使顏料 成為微細之粒子而分散於著色感光性組合物中,可防止顏 料之再凝聚,並可有效地構成色彩再現性較高、亮度較高 143898.doc -53- 201037828 之優異之彩色濾光片。 顏料衍生物具體而言係將有機顏料作為母體骨架,並於 側鏈導入有酸性基或鹼性基、芳香族基作為取代基之化合 物。有機顏料具體可列舉喹吖啶酮顏料、酞花青顏料、偶 氮顏料、喹酞酮顏料、異吲哚啉顏料、異吲哚啉酮顏料、 喹啉顏料、二酮吡咯并吡咯顏料、苯并咪唑酮顏料等。通 常亦包括未被稱作色素之萘系、蒽醌系 '三畊系、喹啉系 等之淡黃色之芳香族多環化合物。作為色素衍生物,可使 用曰本專利特開平^-49974號公報、日本專利特開平u_ 189732號公報、日本專利特開平1〇_2455〇ι號公報、日本 專利特開2006-265528號公報、曰本專利特開平8_2958丨〇號 公報、日本專利特開平u_199796號公報、日本專利特開 20〇5-234478號公報、日本專利特開2〇〇3_24〇938號公報、 曰本專利特開2001_35621〇號公報等中所記載者。 窃顏料衍生物於顏料分散組合物中之含量相對於顏料之質 量,較好的是1〜30質量% ’更好的是3〜2〇質量%。若該含 量為上述範_,料―面將黏度抑制得較低,-面良好 地進行分散’並且可提昇分散後之分散穩定性,透過率:較 南且可獲得優異之色特性,於製作彩色遽光片時能夠財 好之色特性構成彩色濾光片。 义 分散之方法例如可藉由如下方式進行:利用使用 鍅珠等之珠粒分散機(例如GETZMann公司製 DISPERMAT)等,使預先將顏料盥 ^ β 、刀散劑混合並藉由均皙 機等預先分散而成者微分散。作 馬刀散時間,較好的是 143898.doc •54· 201037828 3〜6小時左右。 著色感光性組合物係包含上述顏料分散組合物、鹼溶性 樹脂、光聚合性化合物以及光聚合起始劑而形成,亦可視 需要包含其他成分。再者,顏料分散組合物之詳細說明如 上所述。以下,對各成分加以詳細說明。 <驗溶性樹脂>Anionic surfactants such as EFKA-46, EFKA-47, EF1CA 143898.doc -52· 201037828 47EA, EFKA Ploymer 100, EFKA Ploymer 400, EFKA Ploymer 401, EFKA Ploymer 450 (both Ciba Specialty Chemicals) (manufactured by Ciba Japan KK·), disperse Aid 6, Disperse Aid 8, Disperse Aid 15, Disperse Aid 9100 (all manufactured by San Nope), and other polymer dispersants; SOLSPERSE 3000, 5000, 9000, 12000, 13240, 13940 '17000, 24000, 26000, 28000 and other SOLSPERSE dispersants (manufactured by The Lubrizol Corporation); ADEKA PLURONIC L31, F38, L42, 〇L44, L61, L64, F68, L72, P95, F77, P84, F87, P94 'L101, Pl〇3, F108, L121, P-123 (made by ADEKA Corporation) and IONET S-20 (Sanyo Chemical Industries) Ltd.), Disperbyk 101, 103, 106, 108, 109, 111, 112, 116, 130, 140, 142, 162, 163, 164, 166, 167, 170, 171, 174, 176, 180, 182 , 2000, 2001, 2050, 2150 (B YK Japan KK (share) company). Other examples include an oligomer or a polymer having a molecular terminal ❹ such as an acrylic copolymer or a polar group having a side bond. The content of the dispersant in the pigment dispersion composition is preferably from 1 to 100% by mass, more preferably from 3 to 70% by mass, based on the mass of the above pigment. A pigment derivative may be added to the pigment dispersion composition as needed. The portion having affinity with the dispersant or the pigment derivative into which the polar group is introduced is adsorbed on the surface of the pigment, and used as a point of adsorption of the dispersing agent, whereby the pigment is dispersed into fine particles and dispersed in the coloring photosensitive combination. In the product, the re-agglomeration of the pigment can be prevented, and an excellent color filter with high color reproducibility and high brightness of 143898.doc -53-201037828 can be effectively formed. The pigment derivative is a compound in which an organic pigment is used as a matrix and an acid group or a basic group or an aromatic group is introduced as a substituent in a side chain. Specific examples of the organic pigment include quinacridone pigment, phthalocyanine pigment, azo pigment, quinophthalone pigment, isoporphyrin pigment, isoindolinone pigment, quinoline pigment, diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment, and benzene. And imidazolium pigments and the like. Also included are pale yellow aromatic polycyclic compounds which are not referred to as pigments, naphthalene, lanthanide, tri-till, or quinoline. As a pigment derivative, a patent publication No. JP-A-49974, Japanese Patent Laid-Open Publication No. Hei No. 189732, Japanese Patent Laid-Open Publication No. Hei No. Hei. No. Hei. No. 2006-265528, Japanese Laid-Open Patent Publication No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. It is described in the nickname bulletin and the like. The content of the smear pigment derivative in the pigment dispersion composition is preferably from 1 to 30% by mass, more preferably from 3 to 2% by mass, based on the mass of the pigment. If the content is the above-mentioned range, the material-surface will have a low viscosity, the --surface will be well dispersed, and the dispersion stability after dispersion can be improved, and the transmittance: southerly and excellent color characteristics can be obtained. The color filter can be used to form a color filter when the color is used. The dispersion method can be carried out, for example, by using a bead disperser (for example, DISPERMAT manufactured by GETZ Mann Co., Ltd.) using a bead or the like, and mixing the pigment 盥^β and the granules in advance and using a homogenizer or the like in advance. The dispersion is slightly dispersed. For the time of the horse knife, it is better to be 143898.doc •54· 201037828 3~6 hours or so. The coloring photosensitive composition is formed by containing the above pigment dispersion composition, an alkali-soluble resin, a photopolymerizable compound, and a photopolymerization initiator, and may contain other components as needed. Further, the detailed description of the pigment dispersion composition is as described above. Hereinafter, each component will be described in detail. <Test Solvent Resin>
❹ 作為鹼溶性樹脂,可自作為線性有機高分子聚合物、且 分子(較好的是將丙烯酸共聚物或苯乙料聚物料主鍵 之分T)中具有至少i個促進鹼溶性之基(例如羧基、磷酸 基、磺酸基等)之鹼溶性樹脂中適當選擇。其中,更好的 是可溶於有機溶劑且可藉由弱鹼性水溶液顯影者。 於製造鹼溶性樹脂時,例如可應用公知之藉由自由基聚 口法之方法。藉由自由基聚合法製造鹼溶性樹脂時之溫 度、壓力、自由基起始劑之種類及 合條件可由從業人員容易地設定 件。 其量’溶劑之種類等聚 ’亦可實驗性地設定條 作為上述線性有機高分子聚合物,較好的是側鏈具有竣 酸之聚合物。例如可列舉:如日本專利特開昭59-44615 號日口本專利特公昭54_34327號、日本專利特公昭Μ· 12577號、η日本專利特公昭54-25957號、日本專利特開昭 59-53836號、日本專利特開昭59_71_號之各公報中所記 載之曱基丙烯Ϊ夂共聚物、丙烯酸共聚物、衣康酸共聚物、 丁稀酸共聚物、順丁稀4共聚物、部分S旨化順丁稀二酸 共聚物等’以及側鏈具有㈣之酸性纖維素衍生物、具有 143898.doc •55- 201037828 經基之聚合物中加成酸酐而成者等,進而側鍵具有(甲基) 丙烯醯基之高分子聚合物亦為較佳者。 該等中特別好的是(曱基)丙烯酸苄酯/(甲基)丙烯酸共聚 物或者包含(曱基)丙烯酸苄酯/(曱基)丙烯酸/其他單體之多 元共聚物。 除此以外,亦可列舉將曱基丙烯酸羥基乙醋共聚而 成者等作為有用者。該聚合物能夠以任意之量混合使用。 除上述以外,可列舉日本專利特開平7_14〇654號公報中 所5己載之(曱基)丙烯酸_2-羥基丙酯/聚苯乙烯大分子單體/ 甲基丙烯酸苄酯/甲基丙烯酸共聚物、丙烯酸_2_羥基_3_苯 氧基丙酯/聚曱基丙烯酸曱酯大分子單體/甲基丙烯酸苄酯/ 甲基丙稀酸共聚物、曱基丙烯酸羥基乙酯/聚苯乙烯大 分子單體/曱基丙烯酸甲酯/曱基丙烯酸共聚物、曱基丙烯 酸-2-羥基乙酯/聚苯乙烯大分子單體/甲基丙烯酸苄酯/曱基 丙稀酸共聚物等。 關於鹼溶性樹脂之具體之構成單元,特別好的是(曱基) 丙烯酸與可與其共聚之其他單體之共聚物。此處,(甲基) 丙烯酸係丙烯酸與甲基丙稀酸之總稱,以下,(甲基)丙烯 酸酯同樣係丙烯酸酯與甲基丙烯酸酯之總稱。 作為上述可與(甲基)丙烯酸共聚之其他單體,可列舉(曱 基)丙烯酸烷基酯、(甲基)丙烯酸芳基酯、乙烯系化合物 等。此處’烷基以及芳基之氫原子亦可經取代基取代。 作為上述(曱基)丙烯酸烷基酯以及(曱基)丙烯酸芳基酯 之具體例,可列舉(曱基)丙烯酸曱酯、(曱基)丙烯酸乙 143898.doc -56- 201037828 醋、(甲基)丙烯酸丙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸 異丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸戊酯、(甲基)丙烯酸己酯、(甲基)丙 烯酸辛酯、(甲基)丙烯酸苯酯、(甲基)丙烯酸苄酯 '(甲基) 丙烯酸甲苯酯、(甲基)丙烯酸萘酯、(曱基)丙烯酸環己酯 等。 又’作為上述乙烯系化合物,例如可列舉:苯乙烯、α_ 甲基苯乙烯、乙烯基甲苯、曱基丙烯酸縮水甘油酯、丙烯 腈、乙酸乙烯酯、Ν-乙烯吡咯啶酮、曱基丙烯酸四氫糠 0 酯、聚苯乙烯大分子單體、聚甲基丙烯酸甲酯大分子單 體、CHfCR11!^、CH2=c(Rll)(c〇〇Rl3)[此處,r11表示氩 原子或碳數為1〜5之烷基,R12表示碳數為6〜1〇之芳香族烴 環,R13表示碳數為^之烷基或碳數為6〜12之芳烷基] 等。 該等可共聚之其他單體可單獨使用一種、或者組合使用 兩種以上。較佳之可共聚之其他單體係選自cH2=cr11r12、 ❾ ,,κ’οοκ13)、(甲基)丙烯酸苯醋、(甲基)丙稀酸 苄酯以及苯乙烯中之至少一種,特別好的是CH2=CR11R〗2 ^/^CH2=C(Rn)(CO〇R13) 〇 驗溶性樹脂於著色感光性組合物中之含量相對於該組合 物之全部固形物成分’較好的是1〜15質量%,更好的是 2〜12質量%,特別好的是3〜1〇質量%。 <光聚合性化合物> 本發明之者色感光性組合物含有光聚合性化合物。 作為光聚合性化合物,較好的是具有至少i個可加成聚 143898.doc -57· 201037828 合之乙烯性不飽和基’且沸點於常壓下為i 〇0°c以上之化 合物’其中更好的是4官能以上之丙烯酸酯化合物。 作為上述具有至少1個可加成聚合之乙烯性不飽和基, 且彿點於常壓下為1 oo°c以上之化合物,例如可列舉·聚 乙二醇單(曱基)丙烯酸酯、聚丙二醇單(曱基)丙烯酸酯、 (曱基)丙稀酸本氧基乙醋專單官能之丙浠酸醋或甲基丙稀 酸酯;聚乙二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、三羥甲基乙烷三(甲 基)丙烯酸酯、新戊二醇二(曱基)丙烯酸酯、季戊四醇三 (曱基)丙烯酸酯、季戊四醇四(曱基)丙烯酸酯、二季戊四 醇六(曱基)丙烯酸酯、己二醇(曱基)丙烯酸酯、三羥曱基 丙烷三(丙烯醯氧基丙基)醚、三(丙烯醯氧基乙基)異氰尿 酸酯、於甘油或三羥曱基乙烷等多官能醇上加成環氧乙烷 或環氧丙烷後進行(甲基)丙烯酸酯化而成者,季戊四醇或 一季戊四醇之聚(曱基)丙烯酸酯化者,於日本專利特公昭 48-41708號、曰本專利特公昭5〇_6〇34號、日本專利特開昭 5 1 -3 71 93號公報中所記載之丙烯酸胺基甲酸酯類,於日本 專利特開昭48-64183號、曰本專利特公昭49_43191號、曰 本專利特公昭52-30490號公報中所記載之聚酯丙烯酸酯 類,作為環氧樹脂與(甲基)丙烯酸之反應產物之環氧丙烯 酸酯類等多官能之丙烯酸酯或甲基丙烯酸酯。 進而亦可使用日本接著協會雜諸(Journal of the Adhesi〇n society 〇f Japan) v〇1 2〇,n〇 7,第 3〇〇〜地頁 中所記載之著色感光性單體及寡聚物。 又,亦可使用日本專利特開平1〇_62986號公報中作為通 143898.doc •58- 201037828 式(1)及(2)之與其具體例一併記載之上述於多官能醇上加 成環氧乙烷或環氧丙烷後進行(曱基)丙烯酸酯化而成之化 合物。 - 其中,較好的是二季戊四醇五(曱基)丙烯酸酯、二季戊 . 四醇六(甲基)丙烯酸酯、以及該等之丙烯醯基介於乙二 醇、丙二醇殘基之間的結構。亦可使用該等之寡聚物型化 合物。 又,曰本專利特公昭48-41708號、日本專利特開昭51_ ❹ 37193號、曰本專利特公平2-32293號、日本專利特公平2_ 16765號中所記載之丙烯酸胺基曱酸酯類,或者日本專利 特公昭58_49860號、日本專利特公昭π·!%54號、日本專 利特公昭62-39417號、日本專利特公昭62_39418號中所記 載之具有環氧乙烧骨架之胺基甲酸醋化合物類亦較佳。進 而’藉由使用曰本專利特開昭63-277653號、日本專利特 開昭63-260909號、日本專利特開平1 — 105238號中所記载之 Q 分子内具有胺基結構或硫基結構之加成聚合性化合物類, 可獲得感光速度非常優異之光聚合性組合物。作為市售 品,可列舉胺基曱酸酯募聚物UAS-10、UAB-140(日本製 紙化學(股)(Nippon Paper Chemicals)製造),UA-7200(新中 • 村化學工業(Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.)製造), DPHA-40H(曰本化藥公司(Nippon Kayaku Co.,Ltd.)製 造),UA-306H、UA-306T、UA-306I、AH-600、T-600、 AI-600(共榮社化學工業(股)(Ky〇eisha Chemical Co.,Ltd.) 製造)等。 143898.doc -59- 201037828 又’具有酸基之乙烯性不飽和化合物類亦較佳,作為市 售品’例如可列舉:東亞合成股份有限公司(T0AG0SEi Co.,Ltd·)製造之含有羧基之3官能丙烯酸酯即TO-756、以 及含有緩.基之5官能丙烯酸酯即το-13 82等。 光聚合性化合物可單獨使用一種,除此以外,亦可組合 使用兩種以上。 光聚合性化合物於著色感光性組合物中之含量相對於該 組合物之全部固形物成分1〇〇份,較好的是3〜55份更好 的是10〜50份。若光聚合性化合物之含量為上述範圍内, 則硬化反應可充分地進行。 <光聚合起始劑> 較好的疋本發明中所使用之著色感光性組合物中含有光 聚合起始劑。 作為光聚合起始劑,例如可列舉日本專利特開平 6096號公報中所記載之鹵代甲基气二嗤,日本專利特公昭 59 1281號公報、日本專利特開昭Am·號公報等中所 圯載之鹵代甲基-均二畊等活性鹵化物,纟國專利第 43 1㈣號、_專射請公開第_50號之各說明書中所 記载之縮_、縮搭或安息香燒基喊類等芳香族幾基化八 物:美國專利第侧42〇號說明書中所記載之二笨基酮類 等方香族酮化合物’法國專利發明第鳩川號說明堂中 所記載之9_氧硫㈣類或。丫。定類化合物日本專利特開平 1〇-62986號公報中所記载之香豆素系或聯㈣系之化合物, 日本專利特開平請5521號公報等之有機喊錯合物等。 143898.doc 201037828 作為上述光聚合起始劑’較好的是苯乙s同系、縮酮系、 二苯基酮系、安息香系、苯甲醯系、咄_系、活性齒化物 (例如三畊化合物、齒代甲基噚二唑化合物、香豆素化a 物)、吖啶系、聯咪唑系、肟酯系等。 作為上述苯乙酮光聚合起始劑,例如可較好地列舉2,2_ —乙氧基苯乙酮、對二甲基胺基苯乙剩、2_經基_2_甲基❹ As the alkali-soluble resin, it can be used as a linear organic high molecular polymer, and the molecule (preferably, the sub-component of the primary copolymer of the acrylic copolymer or the styrene-acrylic material) has at least i groups which promote alkali solubility (for example, An alkali-soluble resin of a carboxyl group, a phosphoric acid group, a sulfonic acid group, etc. is suitably selected. Among them, those which are soluble in an organic solvent and which can be developed by a weakly alkaline aqueous solution are more preferable. For the production of the alkali-soluble resin, for example, a known method by a radical polymerization method can be applied. The temperature, the pressure, the kind of the radical initiator, and the combination conditions when the alkali-soluble resin is produced by the radical polymerization method can be easily set by a practitioner. The amount "the kind of the solvent or the like" can also be experimentally set as the linear organic high molecular polymer, and a polymer having a side chain of citric acid is preferred. For example, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 59-44615, Japanese Patent Publication No. Sho 54-34327, Japanese Patent Special Publication No. Sho. 12577, η Japanese Patent Special Publication No. 54-25957, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 59-53836 The mercapto propylene fluorene copolymer, the acrylic copolymer, the itaconic acid copolymer, the butyric acid copolymer, the butadiene 4 copolymer, and the partial S described in each of the publications of Japanese Patent Laid-Open Publication No. 59-71- a cis-succinic acid copolymer or the like, and an acid cellulose derivative having a side chain of (4), an addition anhydride having a polymer of 143898.doc • 55-201037828, and further having a side bond ( High molecular weight polymers of methyl) acrylonitrile are also preferred. Particularly preferred among these are benzyl (meth) acrylate/(meth)acrylic acid copolymers or multicomponent copolymers comprising benzyl (meth) acrylate/(mercapto) acrylate/other monomers. In addition, as a useful person, a copolymer of methacrylic acid hydroxyacetic acid may be mentioned. The polymer can be used in combination in any amount. In addition to the above, (2-mercapto)acrylic acid 2-hydroxypropyl ester/polystyrene macromer/benzyl methacrylate/methacrylic acid, which is contained in Japanese Patent Laid-Open Publication No. Hei 7-14-654 Copolymer, 2-hydroxyl_3_phenoxypropyl acrylate/decyl acrylate macromonomer/benzyl methacrylate/methyl acrylate copolymer, hydroxyethyl methacrylate/poly Styrene macromer / methyl methacrylate / mercapto acrylate copolymer, 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate / polystyrene macromer / benzyl methacrylate / mercapto acrylate copolymer Wait. As the specific constituent unit of the alkali-soluble resin, a copolymer of (fluorenyl)acrylic acid and other monomers copolymerizable therewith is particularly preferred. Here, the general name of (meth)acrylic acid and methyl acrylate, and the following (meth) acrylate is a generic term of acrylate and methacrylate. The other monomer copolymerizable with (meth)acrylic acid may, for example, be an alkyl (meth)acrylate, an aryl (meth)acrylate or a vinyl compound. Here, the hydrogen atom of the 'alkyl group and the aryl group may also be substituted with a substituent. Specific examples of the above (indenyl)acrylic acid alkyl ester and (mercapto)acrylic acid aryl ester include (indenyl) decyl acrylate, (mercapto) acrylic acid, 4,389,88.8, doc-56-201037828 vinegar, (a) Base propyl acrylate, butyl (meth) acrylate, isobutyl (meth) acrylate, amyl (meth) acrylate, hexyl (meth) acrylate, octyl (meth) acrylate, (methyl) Benzyl acrylate, benzyl (meth) acrylate 'methyl (meth) acrylate, naphthyl (meth) acrylate, cyclohexyl acrylate). Further, examples of the vinyl compound include styrene, α-methylstyrene, vinyltoluene, glycidyl methacrylate, acrylonitrile, vinyl acetate, oxime-vinylpyrrolidone, and methacrylic acid. Hydroquinone 0 ester, polystyrene macromonomer, polymethyl methacrylate macromonomer, CHfCR11!^, CH2=c(Rll)(c〇〇Rl3) [here, r11 represents an argon atom or carbon The number is an alkyl group of 1 to 5, R12 represents an aromatic hydrocarbon ring having a carbon number of 6 to 1 Torr, and R13 represents an alkyl group having a carbon number of 2 or an aralkyl group having a carbon number of 6 to 12, and the like. These other copolymerizable monomers may be used alone or in combination of two or more. Preferably, the other copolymerizable system is selected from at least one of cH2=cr11r12, ❾, κ'οοκ13), benzyl methacrylate, benzyl (meth) acrylate, and styrene, particularly preferably CH2=CR11R〗 2 ^/^CH2=C(Rn)(CO〇R13) The content of the solvent-soluble photosensitive resin in the coloring photosensitive composition is preferably 1 with respect to the total solid content of the composition. 〜15% by mass, more preferably 2 to 12% by mass, particularly preferably 3 to 1% by mass. <Photopolymerizable Compound> The color photosensitive composition of the present invention contains a photopolymerizable compound. As the photopolymerizable compound, a compound having at least i addition-polymerizable 143898.doc-57·201037828 ethylenically unsaturated group and having a boiling point of i 〇0°c or more at normal pressure is preferred. More preferably, it is a tetrafunctional or higher acrylate compound. Examples of the compound having at least one addition-polymerizable ethylenically unsaturated group and having a point of 1 oo ° C or more at normal pressure include, for example, polyethylene glycol mono(decyl) acrylate and poly Propylene glycol mono(mercapto) acrylate, (mercapto) acrylic acid ethoxy acetal monoethyl acrylate or methyl acrylate; polyethylene glycol di(meth) acrylate, three Hydroxymethylethane tri(meth)acrylate, neopentyl glycol bis(indenyl)acrylate, pentaerythritol tris(decyl)acrylate, pentaerythritol tetrakis(meth)acrylate, dipentaerythritol hexa(indenyl) Acrylate, hexylene glycol (decyl) acrylate, trishydroxypropyl propane tris(propylene methoxypropyl) ether, tris(propylene oxyethyl) isocyanurate, in glycerol or tris A polyfunctional alcohol such as a ethane group is added to ethylene oxide or propylene oxide to form a (meth) acrylate, and a pentaerythritol or a pentaerythritol poly(fluorenyl) acrylate is used in Japanese patents. Gongzhao 48-41708, Sakamoto Patent Special Public Show 5〇_6〇34, Japan The urethane urethanes described in Japanese Patent Laid-Open Publication No. Sho No. Sho. No. Sho. No. Sho. No. Sho. The polyester acrylates described in the publications are polyfunctional acrylates or methacrylates such as epoxy acrylates which are reaction products of an epoxy resin and (meth)acrylic acid. Further, it is also possible to use the color-sensitive photosensitive monomer and oligomer described in Journal of the Adhesi〇n society 〇f Japan v〇1 2〇, n〇7, 3rd pp. Things. Further, the above-mentioned polyfunctional alcohol addition ring described in the above-mentioned specific examples together with the specific examples of the formulas (1) and (2) of the formula (1) and (2) can be used as disclosed in Japanese Laid-Open Patent Publication No. Hei No. Hei. No. Hei. A compound obtained by (meth) acrylated after oxyethane or propylene oxide. - Among them, dipentaerythritol penta(indenyl) acrylate, dipentaerythritol, tetraol hexa(meth) acrylate, and a structure in which the acryl fluorenyl group is interposed between ethylene glycol and propylene glycol residues are preferred. . These oligomeric compounds can also be used. Further, the amino phthalic acid acrylates described in Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. Sho-48-41708, Japanese Patent Laid-Open Publication No. SHO- No. Hei No. Hei No. Hei. , or an amino carboxylic acid vinegar having an epoxy ethion skeleton as described in Japanese Patent Publication No. Sho 58-49860, Japanese Patent Publication No. Sho. No. 54-39, Japanese Patent Publication No. Sho 62-39417, and Japanese Patent Publication No. Sho 62-39418 Compounds are also preferred. Further, in the Q molecule described in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. The addition polymerizable compound can obtain a photopolymerizable composition which is excellent in the photospeed. As a commercial item, an amino phthalate condensate UAS-10, UAB-140 (made by Nippon Paper Chemicals), UA-7200 (Shin-Nakamura Chemical Industry (Shin-) Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.), DPHA-40H (manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.), UA-306H, UA-306T, UA-306I, AH-600, T- 600, AI-600 (manufactured by Ky〇eisha Chemical Co., Ltd.), and the like. 143898.doc -59- 201037828 Further, 'an ethylenically unsaturated compound having an acid group is also preferable, and a commercially available product' is exemplified by a carboxyl group-containing product manufactured by Toago Synthetic Co., Ltd. (T0AG0SEi Co., Ltd.). The trifunctional acrylate is TO-756, and the 5-functional acrylate containing a buffer group, that is, το-13 82 or the like. The photopolymerizable compound may be used alone or in combination of two or more. The content of the photopolymerizable compound in the coloring photosensitive composition is preferably from 3 to 55 parts, more preferably from 10 to 50 parts, per part of the total solid content of the composition. When the content of the photopolymerizable compound is within the above range, the curing reaction can be sufficiently carried out. <Photopolymerization initiator> Preferably, the coloring photosensitive composition used in the present invention contains a photopolymerization initiator. The photopolymerization initiator is, for example, a halomethyl gas dioxime described in JP-A No. 6096, Japanese Patent Publication No. Sho 591281, and Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. The active halogenated halides such as halo-methyl-average arable, the shrinking _, shrinking or benzoin-based bases described in the specifications of the Japanese Patent No. 43 1(4), _Specially Shots, pp. Aromatic grouping and other eight substances: the bis- ketone ketone ketone ketone compound described in the specification of the US Patent No. 42 ', the French patented invention No. 1 氧 说明 说明 说明Sulfur (four) class or. Hey. The compound of the coumarin system or the quaternary (four) system described in Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. Hei. No. Hei. 143898.doc 201037828 As the photopolymerization initiator, it is preferably phenylethyl s homologue, ketal, diphenylketone, benzoin, benzamidine, oxime, active dentate (for example, three tillage) A compound, a dentate methyl oxadiazole compound, a coumarin a compound), an acridine system, a biimidazole system, an oxime ester system, or the like. As the above-mentioned acetophenone photopolymerization initiator, for example, 2,2-ethoxy acetophenone, p-dimethylaminobenzene benzene, and 2 _ yl 2 _ methyl group are preferably exemplified.
1-苯基-丙烷-i-酮、對二甲基胺基苯乙酮、異丙基_2_羥 基-2-曱基-苯丙酮、卜羥基-環己基-苯基、2_苄基_2_二 甲基胺基-1-(4-嗎啉基苯基)-丁酮q、 基-1-(4-嗎啉基苯基)_ 丁酮-1、2-甲基 2-嗎琳基丙酮-1等。 2-甲笨基-2-二曱基胺 甲硫基)苯基]_ IT匈上述 --J平又 甲基縮酮、苯偶醯-β-曱氧基乙基縮酸等。 奸作為上述二苯基酮光聚合起始劑,例如可較好地列舉二 :基m(雙二甲基胺基)二苯基_、4,4,·(雙二乙基胺 基)一苯基酮、4,4,-二氯二笨基酮等。 作為上述安息香光聚合起始劑或 + Μ及本甲醯光聚合起始劑, Η如可較好地列舉:安息香異丙 夭田μ ^ 文息香異丁醚、安息 日曱醚、鄰苯甲醯基苯曱酸甲酯等。 :乍為上㈣光聚合起始劑’例如可較好地列舉:二乙 …乳硫心星、二異丙基9·氧硫 嚜、氣9-氧硫,山嗟等。 早異丙基9-氧硫咄 作為上述活性_素光聚合起 二唑彳卜人π ^ 趄始^彳(例如三畊化合物、,号 一坐化合物、香豆素化合物 J如可較好地列舉:2,4-雙 143898.doc _ 61 · 201037828 (三氣曱基)-6-對甲氧基笨基-均三畊、2,4-雙(三氯甲基)_6_ 對曱氧基苯乙烯基均三畊、2,4-雙(三氣甲基)對二甲 胺基苯基)-1,3-丁二烯基-均三畊、2,4-雙(三氯甲基)_6•聯 苯基-均三喑' 2,4-雙(三氣甲基)-6-(對甲基聯苯)_均三喷、 對沒基乙乳基苯乙婦基-2,6-· —(二氯甲基)-均三p井、曱氧美 苯乙烯基-2,6-二(三氣甲基)-均三畊、3,4-二曱氧基苯乙稀 基-2,6-二(三氣曱基)_均三畊、4-苯并氧雜環戊基_2,6_二 (二氣曱基)-均三畊、4-(鄰溴-對-N,N-(二乙氧基幾基胺基)_ 苯基)-2,6-二(氯甲基)_均三畊、4-(對_N,N_(二乙氧基羰基 〇 胺基)-苯基)-2,6-二(氯甲基)-均三畊、2-三氣甲基_5_苯乙 稀基-1,3,4·-号二唑、2-三氯曱基_5-(氰基苯乙烯基卜丨^,‘ 号一唾、2-二氣甲基-5-(茶-1-基)_1,3,4 -11 号二。坐、2_三氣甲 基-5-(4-苯乙烯基)苯乙烯基4,3,4-嘮二唑、3_甲基_5_胺基_ ((均三0井-2-基)胺基)_3_苯基香豆素、3_氯·5_二乙胺基_((均 三11 井-2_基)胺基)-3-苯基香豆素、3-丁基_5_二曱胺基_((均 三畊-2-基)胺基)_3_苯基香豆素等。 作為上述吖啶光聚合起始劑,例如可較好地列舉9_笨基 〇 。丫咬、1,7_雙(9_吖啶基)庚烷等。 作為上述聯咪唑光聚合起始劑,例如可較好地列舉2_ (鄰氣苯基)-4,5-二苯基咪唑二聚物、2_(鄰甲氧基苯基> 4,5-二笨基咪嗤二聚物、2_(2,4二甲氧基苯基⑷_二苯基 咪唑二聚物等。 除上述以外, 羰基)肟、〇_茉 ,可列舉:丨_苯基-1,2-丙二g 苯甲醯基-4’-(笨并毓基)笨甲 二酮-2-(鄰乙氧基 L甲醯基-己基-酮 143898.doc -62- 201037828 肟、2,4,6-三甲基苯基羰基-二苯基膦醯氧、六氟膦醯基-三 烷基苯基鱗鹽等。 於本發明中’並不限定於以上之光聚合起始劑,亦可使 用其他公知之光聚合起始劑。作為此種光聚合起始劑,例 如可列舉:美國專利第2,367,660號說明書中所記載之鄰聚 明醇醛(vicinal polyketaldonyl)化合物、美國專利第 2,367,661號以及第2,367,67〇號說明書中所記載之α羰基化 合物、美國專利第2,448,828號說明書中所記載之醇酮醚、 美國專利第2,722,512號說明書中所記載之經心烴取代之芳 香族醇酮化合物、美國專利第3,046,127號以及第2,951,758 號說明書中所記載之多核醌化合物、美國專利第3,549,367 號說明書中所記載之三烯丙基咪唑二聚物/對胺基苯基酮 之組合、日本專利特公昭51_48516號公報中所記載之苯并 嘆唾化合物/三鹵代甲基-均三畊化合物、j c s. pej>kinii (1979) 1653-1660、J. C. S. Perkinll (1979) 156-162、1-phenyl-propane-i-ketone, p-dimethylaminoacetophenone, isopropyl-2-hydroxy-2-indolyl-propiophenone, hydroxy-cyclohexyl-phenyl, 2-benzyl _2_Dimethylamino-1-(4-morpholinylphenyl)-butanone q, -1-(4-morpholinophenyl)-butanone-1, 2-methyl 2-琳琳基酮-1 and so on. 2-methylphenyl-2-didecylamine methylthio)phenyl]_IT Hungry-J-Ping methyl ketal, benzoin-β-methoxyethyl hexanoic acid, and the like. As the above-mentioned diphenyl ketone photopolymerization initiator, for example, a di: group m (bisdimethylamino) diphenyl _, 4, 4, (bisdiethyl amide) Phenyl ketone, 4,4,-dichlorodiphenyl ketone, and the like. As the above-mentioned benzoin photopolymerization initiator or + hydrazine and the photopolymerization initiator of the present formazan, for example, benzoin isopropyl sulphate μ ^ benzoin isobutyl ether, benzoin oxime, orthophthalic acid Methyl decyl benzoate and the like. The ruthenium (4) photopolymerization initiator is preferably exemplified by diethyl thiocyanate, diisopropyl 9 oxysulfide, gas 9-oxosulfur, hawthorn and the like. Early isopropyl 9-oxopurine as the above-mentioned active _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ Listed: 2,4-double 143898.doc _ 61 · 201037828 (three gas sulfhydryl)-6-p-methoxy stupyl-average three-pill, 2,4-bis(trichloromethyl)_6_p-oxyl Styrene-based three-pile, 2,4-bis(trimethylmethyl)-p-dimethylaminophenyl)-1,3-butadienyl-average three-pile, 2,4-bis(trichloromethyl) )_6•biphenyl-allicin' 2,4-bis(trimethylmethyl)-6-(p-methylbiphenyl)_all three sprays, p-ethyl acetophenoxy-2-yl, 6-·(Dichloromethyl)-all-three-p well, oxime-stilbene-2,6-di(tri-methyl)-average three-plow, 3,4-dimethoxy phenylethylene Base-2,6-di (trioxanyl)_three-plowed, 4-benzooxecyclo-2,6-di(di-halofluorenyl)-all three tillage, 4-(o-bromo- p-N,N-(diethoxymethylamino)phenyl)-2,6-di(chloromethyl)_three-pile, 4-(p-N,N-(diethoxycarbonyl) Amidino)-phenyl)-2,6-di(chloromethyl)-all three tillage, 2-trismethylmethyl_5_ Ethyl-1,3,4·-diazole, 2-trichloroindenyl_5-(cyanostyryldibuquinone, 'No.1 Saliva, 2-Dimethylmethyl-5-(Tea -1-yl)_1,3,4-11 II. Sit, 2_trimethylmethyl-5-(4-styryl)styryl 4,3,4-oxadiazole, 3-methyl _5_Amino-(((三三井-2-yl)amino)_3_phenylcoumarin, 3-chloro-5-diethylamino _((均三11井-2_基) Amino)-3-phenylcoumarin, 3-butyl-5-diammoniumamino-((isotrit-2-yl)amino)_3_phenylcoumarin, etc. as the above acridine The photopolymerization initiator may, for example, be preferably a 9-phenyl group, a bite, a 1,7-bis(9-acridinyl)heptane or the like. As the above-mentioned biimidazole photopolymerization initiator, for example, Preferably, 2_(o-phenyl)-4,5-diphenylimidazole dimer, 2_(o-methoxyphenyl) 4,5-dipyridyl dimer, 2_(2, 4-Dimethoxyphenyl (4)-diphenylimidazole dimer, etc. In addition to the above, carbonyl) hydrazine, hydrazine _ jasmine, exemplified by: 丨 phenyl-1,2-propanedi g benzhydryl- 4'-(stupidated fluorenyl) amphotericin-2-one (o-ethoxylated L-methyl decyl-hexyl-ketone 143898.doc -62- 201037828 2,4,6-trimethylphenylcarbonyl-diphenylphosphonium oxyfluoride, hexafluorophosphonium decyl-trialkylphenyl squara salt, etc. In the present invention, 'is not limited to the above photopolymerization Other known photopolymerization initiators may be used as the initiator, and examples of such a photopolymerization initiator include vicinal polyketaldonyl compounds described in the specification of U.S. Patent No. 2,367,660, and the United States. The alkyl carbonyl compound described in the specification of the Japanese Patent No. 2,367, 661, the ketone ether described in the specification of the U.S. Patent No. 2,448,828, and the aromatic hydrocarbon-substituted aroma described in the specification of U.S. Patent No. 2,722,512. The ketone ketone compound, the polynuclear ruthenium compound described in the specification of U.S. Patent No. 3,046,127, and the specification of No. 2,951,758, and the allyl imidazole dimer/p-aminobenzene described in the specification of U.S. Patent No. 3,549,367 A combination of a ketone and a benzo-salt compound/trihalomethyl-all three-till compound, jc s. pej>kinii (1979) 1653-1660, JCS Perki, as described in Japanese Patent Publication No. Sho 51-48516 Nll (1979) 156-162,
Journal of Ph〇t〇p〇lymer Science and Technology (1995) 202-232、日本專利特開2〇〇〇_66385號公報中所記载之聘醋 化合物等。 又’亦可併用該等光聚合起始劑。 光聚合起始劑於著色感光性組合物中之含量相對於該組 合物之全部固形物成分,較好的是0.1〜10.0質量%,更好 的是0.5〜5·〇質量%。若光聚合起始劑之含量為上述範圍 内’則可良好地進行聚合反應而形成強度良好之膜。 -增感色素- 143898.doc -63- 201037828 較好的疋視需要於著色感光性組合物中添加增感色素。 藉由該增感色素可吸收之波長之曝光而促進上述聚合起始 劑成分之自由基產生反應、或者由其所引起之聚合性化合 物之聚合反應。作為此種增感色素,可列舉公知之分光增 感色素或染料、或者吸收光後與光聚合起始劑相互作用之 染料或顏料。 (分光增感色素或染料) 作為本發明中所使用之增感色素而較佳之分光增感色竟 或染料可列舉多核芳香族類(例如祐、花、聯伸三苯) 仙(例如螢光素、曙紅、赤藻紅、玫瑰紅B、孟加拉玫魂A vinegar compound or the like described in Japanese Patent Laid-Open Publication No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. Further, such photopolymerization initiators may be used in combination. The content of the photopolymerization initiator in the coloring photosensitive composition is preferably from 0.1 to 10.0% by mass, more preferably from 0.5 to 5% by mass based on the total solid content of the composition. When the content of the photopolymerization initiator is within the above range, the polymerization reaction can be favorably carried out to form a film having good strength. - Sensitizing Pigment - 143898.doc -63- 201037828 It is necessary to add a sensitizing dye to the coloring photosensitive composition. The radical generating reaction of the polymerization initiator component or the polymerization reaction of the polymerizable compound caused by the polymerization of the sensitizing dye can be promoted by exposure to a wavelength at which the sensitizing dye can be absorbed. Examples of such a sensitizing dye include a known spectroscopic dye or dye, or a dye or pigment which interacts with a photopolymerization initiator after absorbing light. (Spectral sensitizing dye or dye) The sensitizing dye used in the present invention is preferably a spectroscopic sensitizing color or a dye, and examples thereof include polynuclear aromatics (for example, Blessing, Flower, and Cophenyl) (for example, luciferin). , blush, red algae red, rose red B, bengal
紅)、花青類(例如喧碳菁…惡碳菁)、部花青素類⑽如部 花青素、碳部花青素)、嘆呼類(例如硫堇、亞曱基藍、甲 苯胺藍)、吖啶類(例如吖啶橙、氣黃素、吖啶黃素)、酞花 青類(例如酞花青、金屬酞花青)、外啉類(例如四苯基外 啉、中心金屬取代卟啉)、葉綠素類(例如葉綠素、葉綠Red), cyanines (such as phthalocyanines; carbaryl), merocyanoids (10) such as phthalocyanine, carbon anthocyanins), sighs (such as thiopurine, yttrium blue, A Aniline blue), acridines (such as acridine orange, aflatoxin, acridine flavin), phthalocyanines (such as phthalocyanine, metal phthalocyanine), exolines (such as tetraphenyl porphyrin, Central metal substituted porphyrin), chlorophyll (eg chlorophyll, leaf green
酸、中心金屬取代葉綠素)、金屬錯合物、蒽鲲類⑽如蒽 酿)、方酸奮類(例如方酸菁)等。 以下例不更佳之分光增感色素或染料之例子: 可列舉日本專利特公平37,丨遍號公報中所記载之苯乙 稀色素;日本專利特開昭62_143()44號公報中所記栽之陽 離子染料;日本專利特公昭59_24147號公報中所記栽之啥 噁啉鏽鹽;日本專利特開昭64-33104號公報中所記載之新 亞曱基藍化合物;日本專利特開昭64_56767號公報中所纪 載之恩醌類,曰本專利特開平2_1714號公報中所記栽之笨 143898.doc -64 - 201037828The acid, the central metal replaces the chlorophyll), the metal complex, the quinone (10) such as sputum, and the squara (such as squaraine). Examples of the spectroscopic sensitizing dyes or dyes which are not preferable in the following examples: styrene-based dyes described in Japanese Patent Publication No. 37, the entire disclosure of the Japanese Patent Publication No. SHO-62-143() No. 44 a cationic dye which is exemplified in Japanese Patent Publication No. Sho 59-24147; a novel fluorenyl blue compound described in Japanese Patent Laid-Open Publication No. SHO 64-33104; Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 64-56767 The genus of the genus in the Gazette, as described in the Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2_1714, is stupid 143898.doc -64 - 201037828
并咄唼染料,日本專利特開平2_226148號公報及日本專利 特開平2·226149號公報巾所記載之。丫㈣;日本專利特公 昭40-28499號公報中所記載之。比ij南鑌鹽類;日本專利特公 昭46-42363號公報中所記载之花青類;日本專利特開平2_ 63053號中所記載之苯并呋喃色素;日本專利特開平2_ 85858#b公報、日本專利特開平2_2i6i54號公報之共概綱 色素;曰本專利特開昭57_1〇6〇5號公報中所記載之色素; 日本專利特公平2.30321號公報中所記載之偶氮苯亞稀丙 ^衍生物;日本專利特開平卜撕⑼號公報中所記載之花 月色素’日本專利特開昭62_3 i 844號公報、日本專利特開 昭62,3 ! 848號公報、日本專利特開昭&丨43⑷號公報中所 。己載之心星色素,日本專利特公昭AM⑵號公報中所記 载之胺基苯乙稀基_ ;日本專利㈣平2_179643號公報中 所:己載之色素,日本專利特開平2_24405()號公報t所記載 之。p化月素色素,日本專利特公昭59_28326號公報中所記 載之。p化月素色素,日本專利特開昭59_893〇3號公報中所 載之。p铯月素色素,日本專利特開平8_129257號公報中 載之邛铯月素色素;日本專利特開平8_334897號公報 中所記載之苯并吼喃系色素。 (於350〜450 nm具有極大吸收波長之色素) 入作為增感色素之其他較佳之態樣,可列舉屬於以下之化 0物群、且於350〜450 nm具有極大吸收波長之色素。 4如可列舉多核芳香族類(例如祐、&、聯伸三苯)、 蠖類(例如螢光素、曙紅、赤藻紅、玫魂紅B、孟加拉玫 143898.doc -65 - 201037828 ^主花青類(例如健菁、料菁)、部花青素類(例如部 化青素、碳部花青素)、噻畊類(例如硫堇、亞甲基藍 苯胺藍)、吖啶類(例如吖啶橙、氣黃素、吖啶黃素)、莨面 類(例如恩|昆)、方酸菁類(例如方酸菁)。 <溶劑> 顏料分散組合物及著色感光性組合物通常可與上述成分 一併使用溶劑而較好地製備。 作為溶劑,可列舉酯類,例如乙酸乙酯,乙酸正丁酯, 乙酸異丁酯,甲酸戊酯,乙酸異戊酯,乙酸異丁酯,丙酸 丁酯,丁酸異丙酯,丁酸乙酯,丁酸丁酯,烷基酯類,乳 酸甲酯,乳酸乙酯,羥乙酸甲酯,羥乙酸乙酯,羥乙酸丁 醋,甲氧基乙酸甲酯,甲氧基乙酸乙酯,甲氧基乙酸丁 酯,乙氧基乙酸甲酯,乙氧基乙酸乙酯,3_氧基丙酸甲 S旨、3-氧基丙酸乙酯等3-氧基丙酸烷基酯類,3_甲氧基丙 酸甲酯’ 3 -甲氧基丙酸乙酯’ 3 -乙氧基丙酸甲酯,3 -乙氧 基丙酸乙酯,2-氧基丙酸甲酯,2-氧基丙酸乙酯,2-氧基 丙酸丙酯,2-甲氧基丙酸甲酯,2-甲氧基丙酸乙酯,2-甲 氧基丙酸丙酯’ 2_乙氧基丙酸甲酯,2-乙氧基丙酸乙酯, 2-氧基-2-甲基丙酸曱酯,2-氧基-2-甲基丙酸乙酯,2-曱氧 基-2-曱基丙酸曱酯,2-乙氧基-2-曱基丙酸乙酯,丙_酸 甲酯,丙酮酸乙酯,丙酮酸丙酯,乙醢乙酸曱酯,乙醯乙 酸乙酯,2-側氧丁酸甲酯,2-側氧丁酸乙酯等;醚類,例 如二乙二醇二甲醚、四氫呋喃、乙二醇單甲醚、乙二醇單 乙醚、甲基溶纖劑乙酸酯、乙基溶纖劑乙酸酯、二乙二醇 143898.doc • 66- 201037828 單曱趟、二乙二酵單乙醚、二乙二醇單丁醚、丙二醇甲喊 乙酸酿、丙二醇乙醚乙酸酯、丙二醇丙醚乙酸酯等;_ 類’例如曱基乙基酿I、環己g同、2 -庚酮、3 -庚酮等;芳香 族烴類,例如曱苯、二甲苯等。 該等中較好的是3-乙氧基丙酸甲酯、3-乙氧基丙酸乙 西曰、乙基溶纖劑乙酸酯、乳酸乙酯、二乙二醇二曱驗、乙 酸丁醋、3-曱氧基丙酸甲酯、2_庚酮、環己酮、乙基卡必 醇乙酸酯、丁基卡必醇乙酸酯、丙二醇曱醚乙酸酯等。 溶劑可單獨使用,除此以外亦可組合使用兩種以上。 <其他成分> 於本發明中,光微影法之彩色濾光片之製造中所使用之 著色感光性組合物中可視需要含有鏈轉移劑、氟系有機化 合物、熱聚合起始劑、熱聚合成分、熱聚合抑制劑、著色 劑、光聚合起始劑、其他充填劑、上述鹼溶性樹脂以外之 咼分子化合物、界面活性劑、密接促進劑、抗氧化劑、紫 外線吸收劑、抗凝聚劑等各種添加物。 -鏈轉移劑- 作為可添加於著色硬化性組合物中之鍵轉移劑,例如可 列舉:Ν,Ν·二曱基胺基苯曱酸乙g旨等N,N.二烧基胺基苯甲 酸烷基酯,2-巯基笨并噻唑、2_巯基苯并噚唑、2_巯基苯 并㈣等具有雜環之疏基化合物,以及脂肪族多官能二基 化合物等。 鏈轉移劑可單獨使用,亦可併用兩種以上。 -氟系有機化合物- 143898.doc •67- 201037828 藉由含有氟系有機化合物,可改善形成塗佈液時之溶液 特性(特別是流動性),從而可改善塗佈厚度之均勻性或省 液性。即,使基板與塗佈液之界面張力下降而改善對於基 板之潤濕性,並提昇對於基板之塗佈性,因此於以下方面 有效:即使於藉由少量之液量形成數μιη左右之薄膜之情 形時,亦可形成厚度不均較小之均勻厚度之膜。 氟系有機化合物之氟含有率較好的是3〜40質量%,更好 的是5〜30質量%,特別好的是7〜25質量%。若氟含有率為 上述範圍内,則於塗佈厚度均勻性或省液性方面有效,且 於組合物中之溶解性亦良好。The ruthenium dye is described in Japanese Laid-Open Patent Publication No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei.丫 (4); Japanese Patent Publication No. Sho 40-28499. a phthalocyanine type described in Japanese Patent Publication No. Sho 46-42363; a benzofuran dye described in Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. Hei. No. Hei. No. 2-63053; Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. Hei 2-8858858 Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2-2i6i54, a general-purpose coloring matter; the coloring matter described in Japanese Patent Laid-Open Publication No. SHO 57_1〇6〇5; </ br> &丨43(4) bulletin. Amino-based phthalocyanine, which is described in Japanese Patent Publication No. Sho. (2), Japanese Patent Publication No. Hei. No. 2-179643, Japanese Patent Application No. Hei No. 2_24405 () It is described in the bulletin t. The p-monthly pigment is described in Japanese Patent Publication No. 59-28326. The p-monthly pigment is contained in Japanese Patent Laid-Open Publication No. SHO 59-893-3. The benzopyrene dye described in Japanese Laid-Open Patent Publication No. Hei 8- No. Hei. (Pigment having a maximum absorption wavelength at 350 to 450 nm) Other preferred aspects of the sensitizing dye include those having the following chemical group and having a maximum absorption wavelength at 350 to 450 nm. 4, for example, polynuclear aromatics (such as You, &, extended triphenyl), terpenoids (such as luciferin, blush, red algae red, rose soul red B, Bangladesh rose 143898.doc -65 - 201037828 ^ Main cyanines (eg, phthalocyanines, phthalocyanines), merocyanoids (eg, phthalocyanine, carbon anthocyanins), tidalwoods (eg, thioindigo, methylene blue aniline blue), acridines (eg Acridine orange, aflatoxin, acridine flavin, noodles (for example, en | Kun), squaraine (for example, squaraine). <Solvent> Pigment dispersion composition and coloring photosensitive composition It can be preferably prepared by using a solvent together with the above components. Examples of the solvent include esters such as ethyl acetate, n-butyl acetate, isobutyl acetate, amyl formate, isoamyl acetate, and isobutyl acetate. Ester, butyl propionate, isopropyl butyrate, ethyl butyrate, butyl butyrate, alkyl esters, methyl lactate, ethyl lactate, methyl glycolate, ethyl hydroxyacetate, butyrate , methyl methoxyacetate, ethyl methoxyacetate, butyl methoxyacetate, methyl ethoxyacetate, ethoxy Ethyl acetate, 3-methoxypropionic acid, methyl 3-methoxypropionate, etc., 3-methoxypropionate, methyl 3-methoxypropionate, 3-methoxypropane Ethyl ethyl ester '3-ethoxypropionic acid methyl ester, ethyl 3-ethoxypropionate, methyl 2-oxypropionate, ethyl 2-oxypropionate, propyl 2-oxypropionate , methyl 2-methoxypropionate, ethyl 2-methoxypropionate, propyl 2-methoxypropionate, methyl 2-ethoxypropionate, ethyl 2-ethoxypropionate , 2-oxo-2-methylpropionate, ethyl 2-oxy-2-methylpropanoate, 2-nonyloxy-2-mercaptopropionate, 2-ethoxy- Ethyl 2-mercaptopropionate, methyl propyl acetate, ethyl pyruvate, propyl pyruvate, decyl acetate, ethyl acetate, methyl 2-oxobutanoate, 2-sided oxygen Ethyl butyrate, etc.; ethers such as diethylene glycol dimethyl ether, tetrahydrofuran, ethylene glycol monomethyl ether, ethylene glycol monoethyl ether, methyl cellosolve acetate, ethyl cellosolve acetate , diethylene glycol 143898.doc • 66- 201037828 monoterpene, diethylene glycol monoethyl ether, diethylene glycol monobutyl ether, propylene glycol methyl acetate, propylene glycol ether acetate, c Alcohol propyl ether acetate or the like; _ such as thiol ethyl styrene I, cyclohexyl ketone, 2-heptanone, 3-heptanone, etc.; aromatic hydrocarbons such as toluene, xylene, etc. Preferred among them are methyl 3-ethoxypropionate, ethyl acetacetate 3-ethoxypropionate, ethyl cellosolve acetate, ethyl lactate, diethylene glycol dioxime, and acetic acid butyl vinegar. , 3-methoxyoxypropionate methyl ester, 2-hexanone, cyclohexanone, ethyl carbitol acetate, butyl carbitol acetate, propylene glycol oxime ether acetate, etc. Solvents can be used alone In addition, two or more types may be used in combination. <Other components> In the present invention, the coloring photosensitive composition used in the production of the color filter of the photolithography method may optionally contain a chain transfer agent. , fluorine-based organic compound, thermal polymerization initiator, thermal polymerization component, thermal polymerization inhibitor, colorant, photopolymerization initiator, other filler, cerium compound other than the above-mentioned alkali-soluble resin, surfactant, adhesion promotion Various additives such as an agent, an antioxidant, an ultraviolet absorber, and an anti-agglomerating agent. - Chain Transfer Agent - Examples of the bond transfer agent which can be added to the coloring curable composition include N,N. dialkylaminobenzene, etc., such as hydrazine, hydrazine, dimethylamino benzoic acid A sulfhydryl compound having a heterocyclic ring such as an alkyl formate, a 2-decyl benzothiazole, a 2-mercaptobenzoxazole, a 2-nonylbenzoxazole, or an aliphatic polyfunctional di-based compound. The chain transfer agent may be used singly or in combination of two or more. -Fluorine-based organic compound - 143898.doc •67- 201037828 By containing a fluorine-based organic compound, the solution characteristics (especially fluidity) at the time of forming a coating liquid can be improved, thereby improving uniformity of coating thickness or liquid-saving Sex. In other words, the interfacial tension between the substrate and the coating liquid is lowered to improve the wettability to the substrate, and the coating property to the substrate is improved. Therefore, it is effective in that a film of several μm or so is formed by a small amount of liquid. In the case of the film, a film having a uniform thickness having a small thickness unevenness may be formed. The fluorine content of the fluorine-based organic compound is preferably from 3 to 40% by mass, more preferably from 5 to 30% by mass, particularly preferably from 7 to 25% by mass. When the fluorine content is within the above range, it is effective in coating thickness uniformity or liquid-saving property, and the solubility in the composition is also good.
作為氟系界面活性劑,可較好地使用末端、主鏈以及側 鏈之至少任一個部位具有氟烷基或氟伸烷基之化合物。作 為具體之市售品,例如可列舉:MEGAFAC F142D, MEGAFAC F172、MEGAFAC F173、MEGAFAC F176、 MEGAFAC F177、MEGAFAC F183、MEGAFAC 780、 MEGAFAC 781、MEGAFAC R30、MEGAFAC R08、 MEGAFAC F-472SF ' MEGAFAC BL20、MEGAFAC R-61、MEGAFAC R-90(大曰本油墨(股)(DIC Corporation)製 造),FLUORAD FC-135、FLUORAD FC-170C、FLUORAD FC-430、FLUORAD FC-431、Novec FC,-4430(住友 3M (股)(Suhitomo 3M Limited)製造),ASAHI GUARD AG7105、7000、950、7600,SURFLON S-112、SURFLON S-113、SURFLON S-131、SURFLON S-141、SURFLON S-145、SURFLON S-382 ' SURFLON SC-101、SURFLON -68- 143898.doc 201037828 SC-102 、 SURFLON SC-103 、SURFLON SC-104 、 SURFLON SC-105、SURFLON SC-106(旭玻璃(股)(Asahi Glass Co.,Ltd.)製造),EFTOP EF351、EFTOP 352、 EFTOP 801、EFTOP 802 (JEMCO (股)(JEMCO Inc·)製造) 等。 氟系有機化合物尤其可有效地防止於使塗佈膜變薄時之 塗佈不均或厚度不均。又,進而於容易產生脫液之狹縫式 塗佈中亦有效。 〇 說系有機化合物之添加量相對於著色感光性組合物之總 質量,較好的是0.001-2.0質量%,更好的是0.005〜1.0質量 %。 -熱聚合起始劑- 使著色感光性組合物含有熱聚合起始劑亦有效。作為熱 聚合起始劑,例如可列舉各種偶氮化合物以及過氧化物化 合物。作為上述偶氮化合物之例子,可列舉偶氮雙化合 物,作為上述過氧化物化合物之例子,可列舉過氧化酮、 ❹ 過氧化縮酮、過氧化氫、過氧化二烷基、過氧化二醯基、 過氧化酯、過氧化二碳酸酯等。 • -熱聚合成分- 使著色感光性組合物含有熱聚合成分亦有效。為了提昇 塗膜之強度,可視需要添加環氧化合物。作為環氧化合物 之例子,有雙酚A型化合物、甲酚酚醛清漆型化合物、聯 苯型化合物、脂環式環氧化合物等分子中具有2個以上環 氧環之化合物。例如作為雙酚A型化合物,可列舉: 143898.doc -69- 201037828As the fluorine-based surfactant, a compound having a fluoroalkyl group or a fluorine-extended alkyl group in at least one of a terminal, a main chain and a side chain can be preferably used. Specific examples of the commercially available product include MEGAFAC F142D, MEGAFAC F172, MEGAFAC F173, MEGAFAC F176, MEGAFAC F177, MEGAFAC F183, MEGAFAC 780, MEGAFAC 781, MEGAFAC R30, MEGAFAC R08, MEGAFAC F-472SF 'MEGAFAC BL20, MEGAFAC R-61, MEGAFAC R-90 (manufactured by DIC Corporation), FLUORAD FC-135, FLUORAD FC-170C, FLUORAD FC-430, FLUORAD FC-431, Novec FC, -4430 (Sumitomo 3M (manufactured by Suhitomo 3M Limited), ASAHI GUARD AG7105, 7000, 950, 7600, SURFLON S-112, SURFLON S-113, SURFLON S-131, SURFLON S-141, SURFLON S-145, SURFLON S- 382 'SURFLON SC-101, SURFLON -68- 143898.doc 201037828 SC-102, SURFLON SC-103, SURFLON SC-104, SURFLON SC-105, SURFLON SC-106 (Asahi Glass Co., Ltd.), EFTOP EF351, EFTOP 352, EFTOP 801, EFTOP 802 (made by JEMCO (JEMCO Inc.)). The fluorine-based organic compound is particularly effective in preventing coating unevenness or thickness unevenness when the coating film is made thin. Further, it is also effective in slit coating which is likely to cause dehydration. The amount of the organic compound added is preferably from 0.001 to 2.0% by mass, more preferably from 0.005 to 1.0% by mass, based on the total mass of the coloring photosensitive composition. - Thermal polymerization initiator - It is also effective to make the coloring photosensitive composition contain a thermal polymerization initiator. Examples of the thermal polymerization initiator include various azo compounds and peroxide compounds. Examples of the azo compound include an azobis compound, and examples of the peroxide compound include ketone peroxide, hydrazine ketal, hydrogen peroxide, dialkyl peroxide, and ruthenium peroxide. Base, peroxyester, peroxydicarbonate, and the like. - Thermal Polymerization Component - It is also effective to contain the thermally polymerizable component in the colored photosensitive composition. In order to increase the strength of the film, an epoxy compound may be added as needed. Examples of the epoxy compound include a compound having two or more epoxy rings in a molecule such as a bisphenol A type compound, a cresol novolak type compound, a biphenyl type compound, or an alicyclic epoxy compound. For example, as a bisphenol A type compound, for example, 143898.doc -69- 201037828
EPOTOHTO YD-115 ' YD-118T ' YD-127 ' YD-128 ' YD-134、YD-8125、YD-7011R、ZX-1059、YDF-8170、YDF-170等(以上由東都化成(Tohto Kasei Co·,Ltd.)製造), DENACOL EX-1101、EX-1102、EX-1103 等(以上由長瀬化 成(股)(Nagase ChemteX Corporation)製造),PLACCEL GL-61、GL-62、G101、G102(以上由 DAICEL 化學工業 (DAICEL Chemical Industries·,Ltd.)製造),除此以外,亦 可列舉與該等類似之雙酚F型化合物、雙酚S型化合物。 又,亦可使用 Ebecryl 3700、3701、600(以上由 DAICEL-CYTEC(股)(DAICEL-CYTEC COMPANY Ltd.)製造)等環氧 丙烯酸酯。作為曱酚酚醛清漆型化合物,可列舉: EPOTOHTO YDPN-638、YDPN-701、YDPN-702、YDPN-703、YDPN-704等(以上由東都化成製造),DENACOL EM-125 等(以 上由長瀬化成(股 )(Nagase ChemteX Corporation) 製造),作為聯苯型化合物,可列舉3,5,3',5'-四甲基-4,4·-二縮水甘油基聯苯等,作為脂環式環氧化合物,可列舉: CELLOXIDE 2021、2081、2083、2085,EPOLEAD GT-301、GT-302、GT-401、GT-403、ΕΗΡΕ-3150(以上由 DAICEL化學工業製造),SANTOHTO ST-3000、ST-4000、 ST-5080、ST-5100等(以上由東都化成製造)等。又,亦可 使用1,1,2,2-四(對縮水甘油基氧基苯基)乙烷、三(對縮水 甘油基氧基苯基)曱烷、三縮水甘油基三(羥乙基)異氰尿酸 酯、鄰苯二曱酸二縮水甘油酯、對苯二曱酸二縮水甘油 酯,除此以外,亦可使用作為胺型環氧樹脂之EPOTOHTO 143898.doc •70- 201037828 YH-434、YH-434L,於雙紛Α 型J辰乳樹脂之骨架中使二伊 物酸改質而成之縮水甘油酯等。 —浚 -界面活性劑- 就改良塗佈性之觀點而言,赖 較好的疋使者色感光性組合 物含有各種界面活性劑,险卜* 則除上述贶系界面活性劑以外,亦 可使用非離子界面活性劑、陪雜工田 d險離子界面活性劑、陰離子界 面活性劑之各種界面活性劑。 J共甲’較好的是上述氟系界 ❹ 〇 面活性劑或者非離子界面活性劑。 作為非離子界面活性劍之你丨,杖卩丨m包 劑之例特別好的是例如聚氧乙烯 烷基醚類、聚氧乙烯烷基芳基醚類' 聚氧乙烯烷基酯類、 山梨糖醇肝烷基醋類、單甘油酿烷基醋類等非離子界面活 性劑。作為具體例’可列舉:聚氧乙稀月桂基喊、聚氧乙 烯硬脂基醚、聚氧乙烯油醚等聚氧乙蝉烷基醚類;聚氧乙 烯辛基苯基醚、聚氧乙烯聚苯乙烯基化醚、聚氧乙烯三苄 基苯基醚、聚氧乙烯-丙烯聚苯乙烯基醚、聚氧乙烯壬基 笨基鍵等聚氧乙稀芳基醚類;聚氧乙烯二月桂酸酯、聚氧 乙烯二硬脂酸酯等聚氧乙烯二烷基酯、山梨糖醇酐脂肪酸 醋、聚氧乙烯山梨糖酵酐脂肪酸酯類、乙二胺聚氧乙稀_ 水氧丙烯縮合物等非離子界面活性劑,該等可適當使用由 花王(股)(KAO Corporation)、曰本油脂(股)(NOF Corporation)、 竹本油脂(股)(Takemoto Oil & Fat Co.,Ltd.)、ADEKA (股)、三洋化成(股)(Sanyo Chemical Industries Ltd.)等所 市售之產品。除上述以外,亦可使用上述分散劑。 除上述以外,可於著色感光性組合物中添加各種添加 143898.doc -71 - 201037828 物。作為添加物之具體例,有2-(3-第三丁基_5_甲基_2_羥 基苯基)-5-氯苯并三唑、烷氧基二笨基酮等紫外線吸收 劑;聚丙烯酸鈉等抗凝聚劑;玻璃、氧化鋁等填充劑;衣 康酸共聚物、丁烯酸共聚物、順丁烯二酸共聚物、部分酯 化順丁烯二酸共聚物 '酸性纖維素衍生物、於具有羥基之 聚合物中加成酸酐而成者、醇可溶性尼龍、由雙酚八與表 氣醇所形成之苯氧樹脂等驗可溶之樹脂等。 又,於促進未硬化部之鹼溶解性,並謀求著色感光性組 合物之顯影性之進一步提昇的情形時,亦可添加有機羧 酸,較好的是分子量為1000以下之低分子量有機羧酸。作 為上述有機羧酸之具體例,可列舉:曱酸、乙酸、丙酸、 丁酸、戊酸、特戊酸、己酸、二乙基乙酸、庚酸、辛酸等 脂肪族單羧酸;草酸、丙二酸、琥珀酸、戊二酸、己二 酸、庚二酸、辛二酸、壬二酸、癸二酸、十三烷二酸、甲 基丙二酸、乙基丙二酸、二甲基丙二酸、甲基琥珀酸、四 甲基琥珀酸、檸康酸等脂肪族二羧酸;丙三甲酸、 烏頭酸、降莰三酸等脂肪族三羧酸;苯曱酸、甲苯甲酸、 小茴香酸、3,4-二甲苯甲酸(hemeiijtic acid)、3 5二甲苯 甲酸(mesitylenic acid)等芳香族單羧酸;鄰笨二甲酸、間 苯二甲酸、對苯二甲酸、偏苯三甲酸、苯三甲酸、 1,2,3,5-苯四甲酸、均笨四甲酸等芳香族多羧酸;苯乙 酸、氫阿托酸、氫桂皮酸、杏仁酸、苯基琥珀酸、阿托 酸、肉桂酸、肉桂酸甲酯、肉桂酸苄酯、苯亞烯丙基乙 酸、香豆酸、傘形酸等其他羧酸。 143898.doc -72· 201037828 -熱聚合抑制劑- 除上述以外’較好的是進而於著色感光性組合物中添加 熱聚合抑制劑。作為上述熱聚合抑制劑之例子,對苯二 酚、對甲氧苯酚、二-第三丁基_對甲酚、鄰苯三酚、第三 丁基兒茶酚、苯醌、4,4,-硫代雙(3_甲基-6-第三丁基苯 酚)、2,2’-亞甲基雙(4-甲基_6_第三丁基苯酚)、2_巯基苯并 咪唑等較有用。EPOTOHTO YD-115 ' YD-118T ' YD-127 ' YD-128 ' YD-134, YD-8125, YD-7011R, ZX-1059, YDF-8170, YDF-170, etc. (above by Tohto Kasei Co ·, Ltd.)), DENACOL EX-1101, EX-1102, EX-1103, etc. (above manufactured by Nagase ChemteX Corporation), PLACCEL GL-61, GL-62, G101, G102 ( The above is also produced by the DAICEL Chemical Industries, Ltd., and other examples thereof include a bisphenol F type compound and a bisphenol S type compound. Further, an epoxy acrylate such as Ebecryl 3700, 3701, 600 (above, manufactured by DAICEL-CYTEC (DAICEL-CYTEC COMPANY Ltd.)) can also be used. Examples of the indophenol novolak-type compound include EPOTOHTO YDPN-638, YDPN-701, YDPN-702, YDPN-703, YDPN-704 (the above is manufactured by Tohto Kasei Co., Ltd.), DENACOL EM-125, etc. (manufactured by Nagase ChemteX Corporation), as a biphenyl type compound, 3,5,3',5'-tetramethyl-4,4.-diglycidylbiphenyl, etc., as an alicyclic ring Examples of the epoxy compound include CELLOXIDE 2021, 2081, 2083, 2085, EPOLEAD GT-301, GT-302, GT-401, GT-403, ΕΗΡΕ-3150 (above manufactured by DAICEL Chemical Industry), SANTOHTO ST-3000, ST-4000, ST-5080, ST-5100, etc. (above, manufactured by Toho Chemical Co., Ltd.). Further, 1,1,2,2-tetra(p-glycidyloxyphenyl)ethane, tris(p-glycidyloxyphenyl)decane, triglycidyl tris(hydroxyethyl) can also be used. Isocyanurate, diglycidyl phthalate, diglycidyl phthalate, in addition to EPOTOHTO 143898.doc • 70- 201037828 YH -434, YH-434L, a glycidyl ester which is modified from di-acidic acid in the skeleton of a double-density type J-chen resin. —浚-surfactant—In view of improving the applicability, a preferred photo-sensitive composition containing various surfactants may be used in addition to the above-described lanthanide surfactants. Non-ionic surfactants, various interfacial active agents, and anionic surfactants. The J-group is preferably the above-mentioned fluorine-based surfactant or nonionic surfactant. As a non-ionic interface-active sword, it is particularly preferable to use, for example, polyoxyethylene alkyl ethers, polyoxyethylene alkyl aryl ethers, polyoxyethylene alkyl esters, and pears. A nonionic surfactant such as a sugar alcohol heparin vinegar or a monoglycerin-branched alkyl vinegar. Specific examples thereof include polyoxyethylene sulfonyl ethers such as polyoxyethylene lauryl sulphate, polyoxyethylene stearyl ether, and polyoxyethylene oleyl ether; polyoxyethylene octyl phenyl ether and polyoxyethylene. Polyoxyethylene aryl ethers such as polystyrene ether, polyoxyethylene tribenzyl phenyl ether, polyoxyethylene-propylene polystyrene ether, polyoxyethylene fluorenyl styrene bond; polyoxyethylene II Polyoxyethylene dialkyl ester such as laurate or polyoxyethylene distearate, sorbitan fatty acid vinegar, polyoxyethylene sorbitan fatty acid ester, ethylenediamine polyoxyethylene _ water oxypropylene A nonionic surfactant such as a condensate, which can be suitably used by KAO Corporation, NO本油(股) (NOF Corporation), 竹本油(股) (Takemoto Oil & Fat Co.,Ltd) .), ADEKA (share), Sanyo Chemical Industries Ltd. (Sanyo Chemical Industries Ltd.) and other commercially available products. In addition to the above, the above dispersing agent can also be used. In addition to the above, various additions of 143898.doc-71 - 201037828 can be added to the colored photosensitive composition. Specific examples of the additive include ultraviolet absorbers such as 2-(3-tert-butyl-5-methyl-2-hydroxyphenyl)-5-chlorobenzotriazole and alkoxydipyridyl ketone; Anti-agglomerating agent such as sodium polyacrylate; filler such as glass and alumina; itaconic acid copolymer, crotonic acid copolymer, maleic acid copolymer, partially esterified maleic acid copolymer 'acid cellulose A derivative, a compound obtained by adding an acid anhydride to a polymer having a hydroxyl group, an alcohol-soluble nylon, a phenoxy resin formed of bisphenol VIII and a surface alcohol, or the like. Further, when the alkali solubility of the uncured portion is promoted and the developability of the colored photosensitive composition is further improved, an organic carboxylic acid may be added, preferably a low molecular weight organic carboxylic acid having a molecular weight of 1000 or less. . Specific examples of the organic carboxylic acid include aliphatic monocarboxylic acids such as capric acid, acetic acid, propionic acid, butyric acid, valeric acid, pivalic acid, caproic acid, diethyl acetic acid, heptanoic acid, and caprylic acid; and oxalic acid; , malonic acid, succinic acid, glutaric acid, adipic acid, pimelic acid, suberic acid, azelaic acid, sebacic acid, tridecanedioic acid, methylmalonic acid, ethylmalonic acid, An aliphatic dicarboxylic acid such as dimethylmalonic acid, methyl succinic acid, tetramethyl succinic acid or citraconic acid; an aliphatic tricarboxylic acid such as propylene tricarboxylic acid, aconitic acid or oxalic acid; benzoic acid; An aromatic monocarboxylic acid such as toluic acid, acrylic acid, hemeiijtic acid, mesitylenic acid, ortho-dicarboxylic acid, isophthalic acid, terephthalic acid, Aromatic polycarboxylic acids such as trimellitic acid, trimellitic acid, 1,2,3,5-benzenetetracarboxylic acid, and tetraphenylcarboxylic acid; phenylacetic acid, hydrogen atoic acid, hydrogen cinnamic acid, mandelic acid, phenyl amber Other carboxylic acids such as acid, atopic acid, cinnamic acid, methyl cinnamate, benzyl cinnamate, benzylideneacetic acid, coumaric acid, and umbrella acid. 143898.doc -72· 201037828 - Thermal polymerization inhibitor - In addition to the above, it is preferred to further add a thermal polymerization inhibitor to the colored photosensitive composition. As examples of the above thermal polymerization inhibitor, hydroquinone, p-methoxyphenol, di-tert-butyl-p-cresol, pyrogallol, t-butylcatechol, benzoquinone, 4, 4, - thiobis(3-methyl-6-tert-butylphenol), 2,2'-methylenebis(4-methyl-6-t-butylphenol), 2-mercaptobenzimidazole, etc. More useful.
<著色感光性組合物以及使用其之彩色濾光片之製造方法> 著色感光性組合物係經由如下之混合分散步驟而製備: 使上述顏料分散組合物中(較好的是與溶劑一起)含有鹼溶 性樹脂、光聚合性化合物以及光聚合起始劑,且視需要於 其中混合界面活性劑等添加劑,然後使用各種混合機、分 散機加以混合分散。 再者,混合分散步驟較好的是包含混練分散與 進行之微分散處理,但亦可省略混練分散。 以下揭示著色感光性組合物之製造方法之_例。 使用又輥研磨機、二輥研磨機、球磨機、轉筒篩、分散 機捏口機、雙向捏合機、均質機、捧合機、翠轴或雙轴 之擠出機等混練機,—面對顏料與水溶性有機溶劑及水溶 性無機鹽類之混合物賦予較強之剪切力一面磨碎顏料, :後將該混合物投入至水中,藉由繼等使其形成為藥 狀。繼而,對《料進行_、水洗,去除水溶性有機 =及水祕無機錢,進行㈣,從❿可獲得 之顏料。 ϋ 143898.doc -73- 201037828 於顏料與分散劑及/或顏料衍生物以及溶劑中進行珠粒 分散。主要使用縱型或橫型之砂磨機、針磨機、滾切機、 超音波分散機等,並利用由OOiq mm之粒徑之玻璃或氧 化錯等所形成之珠粒進行微分散處理,從而獲得顏料分散 組合物。又,亦可省略將顏料微細化之處理。 再者’關於混練、分散之詳細說明,於τ· c· patton著之 _ 厂 Paint Flow and Pigment Dispersion」(1964 年 John Wiley and Sons社刊)等中有所記載。 然後’於以上述方式所獲得之顏料分散組合物中添加光 〇 聚合性化合物、光聚合起始劑以及鹼溶性樹脂等,從而獲 得本發明之著色感光性組合物。 藉由疑轉塗伟、狹縫式塗佈、流延塗佈、輥塗、棒塗等 塗佈方法將者色感光性組合物直接或經由其他層塗佈於密 封用基板等上,而形成著色感光性之塗佈膜,然後經由既 疋之光罩圖案進行曝光,曝光後利用顯影液將未硬化部顯 影去除’藉此可形成包含各色(3色或者4色)之像素的圖案 狀皮膜,從而可製作彩色濾光片。 〇 .作為此時所使用之放射線,特別好的是g射線、h射線、 i射線、j射線等紫外、線。有機EL顯示裝置用之彩色滤光片 較好的疋藉由近接式曝光機、鏡面投影曝光機進行主要使 用了 h射線、丨射線之曝光。 本發明中之光微影法之彩色渡光片係使用上述著色感光 性組合物而形成於玻璃等基板上者’其可藉由如下方式而 較好地製作:藉由例如狹縫式塗佈使著色感光性組合物於 143898.doc -74 · 201037828 其一成塗膜後,對_進行 顯H理ϋ μ〜光’繼而依序進行使用了顯影液之 顯-處理。藉此,能夠以製程上之 低成本地製作本發明$ - v间扣質且 你h、+- 裝置中所使用之彩色滤光片。 '、、' v基板,例如可列舉:無鹼玻璃、鈉玻璃、 RE^冊商標)破璃、石英玻璃以及使透料電膜附著 於該等玻_成者、或者塑㈣板。於 =有隔離各像素之黑料、或者為了促進密接等而= 有透明樹脂層。 2膠基板較好的是於其表面具有阻氣層及/或耐溶劑性 層。 又,於本發日种,亦可利用光微影法於配置有薄 體(TFT,Thin Film . + 、 n him Transist〇r)之驅動用基板上形成著 層。 —將著色感光性組合物塗佈於基板上之方法並無特別限 定,較好的是使用狹縫及旋轉式塗佈法、非旋轉塗佈法等 使用狹縫噴嘴之方法(以下稱為狹縫喷嘴塗佈法)。於狹縫 噴嘴塗佈法中’狹縫及旋轉式塗佈法與非旋轉塗佈法之條 件根據塗佈基板之大小而不同’例如於利用非旋轉塗佈法 塗佈第五代之玻璃基板(1100 mmxl25〇 mm)之情形時自 狹縫喷嘴喷出之著色感光性組合物之喷出量通常為 500〜2000微升/秒,較好的是8〇〇〜15〇〇微升/秒,又,塗佈 速度通常為50〜300 mm/秒,較好的是1〇〇〜2〇〇 mm/秒著 色感光性組合物之固形物成分通常為1〇〜2〇%,較好的是 143898.doc -75- 201037828 13〜18%。當於基板上形成本發明之著色感光性組合物之 塗膜時’該塗膜之厚度(預烘烤處理後)通常為〇 3 μιη〜5 〇 μιη ’較理想的是0 5 μιη〜5.0 μιη,最理想的是〇 8 5 μπι 〇 通常於塗佈後實施預烘烤處理。可視需要於預烘烤前實 施真空處理。真空乾燥之條件係真空度通常為〇 ι〜ι 〇 torr ’較好的是0.2〜〇.5 torr左右。 預洪烤處理可使用加熱板或烘箱等於5〇〜14〇〇c之溫度範 圍内、較好的是70〜110°C左右,以1〇〜300秒之條件而進 行。亦可併用高頻處理等。高頻處理亦可單獨使用。 於顯影處理中,使曝光後之未硬化部溶析至顯影液中, 而僅殘存硬化部分。顯影溫度通常為2〇〜3〇<t,顯影時間 為20〜90秒。 作為顯影液,只要是溶解未硬化部之著色感光性之著色 感光性組合物之塗膜,並且並不溶解硬化部者,則可使用 “者八體而&,可使用各種有機溶劑之組合或驗性之 水溶液。 —作為上述有機溶劑,可列舉可於製備顏料分散組合物或 著色感光性組合物時使用之上述溶劑。 作為上述驗性之水溶液,例如可列舉將氫氧化納、氫氧 化鉀、碳酸納、碳酸氫納、石夕酸鈉、偏石夕酸納、氨水、乙 胺、二乙胺、二f基乙醇胺、氫氧化四f基錄、氫氧化四 乙基銨、膽鹼、吡咯、哌啶、u•二氮雙環_[5,4,〇]_7-十一 坤等驗性化合物溶解為濃度達到。.on。質量%、較好的 143898.doc -76- 201037828 可於鹼性水溶液中 溶劑或界面活性劑 是0.01〜1質量%而成之鹼性水溶液。亦 適量添加例如f醇、乙醇等水溶性有機 等0 可為浸潰方式、喷淋方式、喷霧方式等中之任 一者,亦可於其中組合擺動方式、寺中之任 等。亦可於技魅瓶炎— 方式、超音波方式 寻η於接觸顯影液之前,預先利用水等濕潤 面,從而防止顯影不均。 ^ 影。 亦可使基板傾斜後進行顯<Coloring photosensitive composition and method for producing color filter using the same> The colored photosensitive composition is prepared by the following mixing and dispersing step: in the above pigment dispersion composition (preferably together with a solvent) The alkali-soluble resin, the photopolymerizable compound, and the photopolymerization initiator are contained, and an additive such as a surfactant is mixed therein as needed, and then mixed and dispersed using various mixers and dispersers. Further, the mixing and dispersing step preferably comprises a knead dispersion and a microdispersion treatment, but the kneading dispersion may be omitted. An example of a method for producing a colored photosensitive composition is disclosed below. Use a roller mill, a two-roll mill, a ball mill, a drum sieve, a disperser kneader, a two-way kneader, a homogenizer, a twister, a green shaft or a twin-screw extruder, etc. The mixture of the pigment and the water-soluble organic solvent and the water-soluble inorganic salt imparts a strong shear force to grind the pigment, and then the mixture is poured into water to form a drug by the subsequent process. Then, for the "material", water washing, removal of water-soluble organic = and water secret inorganic money, carry out (four), from the pigment available. ϋ 143898.doc -73- 201037828 Bead dispersion in pigments and dispersants and / or pigment derivatives and solvents. Mainly use vertical or horizontal sand mills, pin mills, roll cutters, ultrasonic dispersers, etc., and use the beads formed by the glass of OOiq mm or oxidized, etc. for microdispersion treatment. Thereby a pigment dispersion composition is obtained. Further, the treatment for refining the pigment may be omitted. Furthermore, the detailed description of the kneading and dispersion is described in _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ Paint Flow and Pigment Dispersion (John Wiley and Sons, 1964). Then, a photopolymerizable composition of the present invention is obtained by adding a photopolymerizable compound, a photopolymerization initiator, an alkali-soluble resin or the like to the pigment dispersion composition obtained in the above manner. The photosensitive composition of the color is coated on the sealing substrate or the like directly or via another layer by a coating method such as suicide coating, slit coating, cast coating, roll coating, or bar coating. The photosensitive coating film is colored, and then exposed through a reticle pattern, and the uncured portion is developed and removed by the developing solution after exposure. Thus, a patterned film containing pixels of respective colors (3 colors or 4 colors) can be formed. Thus, a color filter can be produced. 〇 As the radiation used at this time, ultraviolet rays and lines such as g-rays, h-rays, i-rays, and j-rays are particularly preferable. A color filter for an organic EL display device is preferably used for exposure of h-rays and x-rays by a proximity exposure machine or a mirror projection exposure machine. The color light-transmitting sheet of the photolithography method of the present invention is formed on a substrate such as glass by using the coloring photosensitive composition described above. It can be preferably produced by, for example, slit coating. After the coloring photosensitive composition was applied to a film of 143898.doc -74 · 201037828, the film was subjected to sensitization, and then the development process of the developer was carried out in sequence. Thereby, the color filter of the present invention can be produced at a low cost in the process of the present invention, and the color filter used in the device of the h, +- device. The ',,' v substrate may, for example, be an alkali-free glass, a soda glass, a RE brand, a glass, a quartz glass, or a dielectric film attached to the glass or plastic (four) plate. = There is a black material that separates each pixel, or a transparent resin layer to promote adhesion or the like. The 2nd adhesive substrate preferably has a gas barrier layer and/or a solvent resistant layer on its surface. Further, in the present invention, a layer may be formed on a driving substrate on which a thin body (TFT, Thin Film, +, and Nhim Transist) is disposed by a photolithography method. The method of applying the colored photosensitive composition to the substrate is not particularly limited, and a method using a slit nozzle such as a slit, a rotary coating method, or a non-rotation coating method (hereinafter referred to as a narrow method) is preferred. Nozzle nozzle coating method). In the slit nozzle coating method, the conditions of the slit, the rotary coating method, and the non-spin coating method differ depending on the size of the coated substrate, for example, by coating the fifth-generation glass substrate by a non-rotation coating method. In the case of (1100 mm x 25 mm), the amount of the coloring photosensitive composition ejected from the slit nozzle is usually 500 to 2000 μl/sec, preferably 8 to 15 μl/sec. Further, the coating speed is usually 50 to 300 mm/sec, preferably 1 to 2 mm/sec. The solid content of the coloring photosensitive composition is usually 1 〇 to 2 〇%, preferably It is 143898.doc -75- 201037828 13~18%. When the coating film of the coloring photosensitive composition of the present invention is formed on a substrate, the thickness of the coating film (after the prebaking treatment) is usually 〇3 μm to 5 〇μιη', preferably 0 5 μm to 5.0 μm. It is most desirable that 〇8 5 μπι 〇 is usually subjected to a prebaking treatment after coating. Vacuum treatment can be performed before pre-baking as needed. The vacuum drying condition is usually 〇 ι ι ι ι rr rr rr, preferably 0.2 to 〇. 5 torr. The pre-baked baking treatment can be carried out using a heating plate or an oven having a temperature range of 5 Torr to 14 Torr, preferably 70 to 110 ° C, for 1 to 300 seconds. High-frequency processing can also be used in combination. High frequency processing can also be used alone. In the development treatment, the unhardened portion after the exposure is eluted into the developer, and only the hardened portion remains. The developing temperature is usually 2 〇 to 3 〇 < t, and the developing time is 20 to 90 seconds. The developer may be a combination of various organic solvents, as long as it is a coating film for dissolving the color-sensitive photosensitive composition of the uncured portion and does not dissolve the hardened portion. In the above-mentioned organic solvent, the above-mentioned solvent which can be used in the preparation of the pigment dispersion composition or the coloring photosensitive composition is exemplified. Potassium, sodium carbonate, sodium bicarbonate, sodium sulphate, sodium sulphate, ammonia, ethylamine, diethylamine, di-f-ethanolamine, tetrahydrogen bromide, tetraethylammonium hydroxide, choline , pyrrole, piperidine, u•diazabicyclo-[5,4,〇]_7-11 Kun and other test compounds are dissolved to a concentration of .on.% by mass, preferably 143898.doc -76- 201037828 In an alkaline aqueous solution, the solvent or the surfactant is an alkaline aqueous solution of 0.01 to 1% by mass. An appropriate amount of water-soluble organic substances such as f-alcohol or ethanol can be added, etc., which can be an impregnation method, a spray method, or a spray method. Any of the others, The combination swing mode, the temple's position, etc. It is also possible to use the wet surface such as water before the contact with the developer before the contact between the developer and the ultrasonic method, thereby preventing uneven development. After the substrate is tilted, it is displayed.
顯影處理後,於經過清洗去除剩餘之顯影液之淋洗步 驟,並實施乾燥後,為了使膜完全硬化而實 (後烘烤)。 ^ ^ 淋洗步驟通常利用純水進行,但為了省液,可首先使用 已使用過之純水進行清洗、或者使基板傾斜後進行清洗、 或者併用超音波照射進行清洗,最後利用純水進行清洗。 於淋洗後進行脫水、乾燥,然後進行通常約為 200°c〜250t:之加熱處理。該加熱處理(後供烤)可使用加 熱板或對流烘箱(熱風循環式乾燥機)、高頻加熱機等加熱 機構以達成上述條件之方式連續或分批地對顯影後之塗 佈膜進行加熱。 對應於所需之色調數依次對各色反覆進行以上操作,藉 此可製作形成有著色了複數色之硬化膜的彩色濾光片。 先則之上述色調數通常為r、G、b之3色,但於本發明 中可使色調數為2或1,亦可減少或並不進行上述一系列之 操作,且亦可有助於步驟之簡便化。 143898.doc •77- 201037828 以有機EL顯示裝置為代表之本發明之顯示裝置藉由具備 有機EL發光元件與利用上述方法所形成之彩色濾光片,可 獲得使高色彩再現性與高亮度並存之優異效果。 [實施例] 以下’藉由實施例更具體地說明本發明,但本發明只要 不超出其主旨,則並不限定於以下之實施例。再者,只要 事先無特別說明,則「份」為質量基準。 (比較例1) 利用由先前之液晶顯示裝置中廣泛使用之顏料所製作之 彩色渡光片製作有機EL顯示裝置八(比較例1之顯示裝置)。 <顏料分散液之製作> -顏料綠36之分散液之製備_ 利用砂磨機將下述組成分散1〇小時。 •甲基丙烯酸苄酯/曱基丙烯酸共聚物 75份 (共聚組成比為70/30重量平均分子量為30000、酸值為40) •顏料綠36 丨25份 •丙二醇單甲醚乙酸酯 450份 -顏料黃150之分散液之製備_ 利用砂磨機將下述組成分散15小時,藉此製備顏料黃 150之分散液。 ' 125份 10份 顏料黃15 0 聚乙烯氫η比。各_ (和光純藥(股)公司製造、Κ30、分子量為40,000) 曱基丙烯酸苄酯’甲基丙烯酸共聚物 65份 143898.doc •78- 201037828 (共聚組成比為70/30重量平均分子量為30000、酸值為4〇) 乙酸-1-甲氧基-2-丙酯 Λ 450份 -紅色濾光片及藍色濾光片用顏料分散液之製備_ ❹ 於顏料綠36之分散液之製備中,將顏料綠%分別置換成 使顏料紅254/顏料紅177以6/4(質量比)混合而成之顏料、 或者使顏料藍15:6/顏料紫23以9:1(質量比)混合而成之顏 料,除此以外,以與顏料綠36之分散液之製備相同之方式 製備紅色濾光片以及藍色濾光片用顏料分散液。 <著色感光性組合物之製備> -綠色感光性組合物_ 利用以下之組成製備綠色感光性組合物。 •綠色濾、光片用顏料分散液: 10 0份 作為綠色顏料分散液,使用100份之將顏料綠36之顏料 分散液與顏料黃1 50之顏料分散液以90:10之比率混合而成 之綠色濾光片用顏料分散液。 •鹼溶性樹脂: 甲基丙烯酸/甲基丙烯酸苄酯共聚物((=30/70[莫耳比])之 5〇質量%溶液,重量平均分子量:3萬, 溶劑:乙酸-1-甲氧基-2-丙酯) 15份 •聚合性化合物: DPHA(曰本化藥公司製造)二季戊四醇六丙烯酸酯 6份 •光聚合起始劑: 2-(鄰氯苯基)-4,5-二苯基咪唑二聚物 2份 •增感色素:4,4·-雙(二乙胺基)二苯基酮 1份 143898.doc -79- 201037828 0.5份 0.001 份 •供氫性化合物:2-巯基苯并噻唑 •聚合抑制劑:對甲氧苯酚 •氟系界面活性劑(;商品名:MEgafac R08大日本油墨製造) 〇 〇2份 •溶劑:乙酸-1-甲氧基_2_丙酯 128份 -紅色以及藍色感光性組合物_ 將綠色感光性組合物之製備中之綠色濾光片用顏料分散 液100份分別置換成紅色濾光片用顏料分散液85份、或者 藍色濾光片用顏料分散液45份,除此以外,以與綠色感光 性組合物之製備完全相同之方式製備紅色以及藍色感光性 組合物。 <有機EL顯示裝置之製作> 以與上述有機EL裝置之第丨實施形態相同之方式,製作 將彩色濾光片22於密封基板21之驅動面板側圖案化為R、 G、B所得者。 用於對二種組合物進行圖案化之曝光、顯影係分3個階 段進行。 於製作彩色濾光片時使用上述著色感光性組合物,R、 G、B各色之膜厚均設定為3.1 μπι。 分別製作具有與上述第1實施形態相同之構成之有機EL 發光元件1〇R、10G、10Ββ此時,第丨電極12係包含含有 98質量%之鋁之鋁合金,且厚度為2〇〇 nm。電洞注入用薄 膜層13A係包含氧化鉻(„),且厚度為4nm。有機層^係包 含上述實施形態中所例示之材料,其合計厚度係於有機此 143898.doc -80 - 201037828 發光元件10R中為125 nm,於有機EM^光元件1〇G中為ιι〇 nm,於有機ELs光元件1〇β中為93 nm(形成有微空腔)。 第2電極14係包含與第1電極12相同之材料,且厚度為17 • nm。以上述方式製作有機£^顯示裝置A。 圖6係表不該有機EL發光元件10R、1〇G、1〇B之光源之 分光光譜的圖。圖之縱軸表示發光強度(相對值),橫軸表 不波長,實線之圖(系列3)表示綠色有機EL發光元件之光 源光譜,虛線之圖(系列2)表示紅色有機EL發光元件之光 源光譜,單點虛線之圖(系列丨)表示藍色有機ELa光元件 之光源光譜。 本比較例1以及以下所示之各實施例、比較例之顯示裝 置係具備具有該分光光譜之有機EL發光元件者。 (實施例1) <色素分散液之製作> 150份 10份 Ο •以通式(II)所表示之化合物(II-7) •聚乙烯氫。比略酮 (和光純藥(股)公司製造、Κ30、分子量為4〇,〇〇〇) •曱基丙烯酸苄酯/甲基丙烯酸共聚物 65份 (共5^組成比為70/30重量平均分子量為30000、酸值為40) 450份 乙酸-1-曱氧基-2-丙酯 將上述各成分於80°C、10個大氣壓下混合而製作色素分 散液B。 <著色感光性組合物之製備與有機EL裝置之製作> 於有機EL顯裝置A之製作中的綠色感光性樹脂組合物之 143898.doc -81 - 201037828 製備中,以將全部顏料綠36以及顏料黃150等重量地置換 成以通式(II)所表示之化合物(11_7)的方式導入色素分散液 B,除此以外,以與有機EL裝置八之製作中之綠色感光性 組合物相同之方式製作感光性組合物B。 使用該感光性組合物B代替有機EL顯示裝置a之製作中 之藍色以及綠色感光性組合物,除此以外,以與有機顯 示裝置A相同之方式製作有機EL顯示裝置B(實施例!之顯 示裝置)。此時’ B(藍)與G(綠)之濾光片具有共用之組成。 因此,R、G、B之3色之濾光片成為尺濾光片與BG共用濾 〇 光片之2色之濾光片,藉此可將圖案化設定為2個階段。 (實施例2) <色素分散液之製作> 於色素分散液B之製備中,使用等重量之上述例示化合 物(iv-i)代替以通式(11)所表示之化合物(ιΐ-7),除此以 外,以相同之方式製作色素分散液C。 <著色感光性組合物之製備與有機EL裝置之製作> 於有機EL顯不裝置a之製作中的綠色感光性樹脂組合物〇 之製備中,以將全部顏料綠36以及顏料黃15〇以等重量之 二分之-之量置換成化合物(IV_M方式導入色素分散液 C除此以外’以與有機肛裝置a之製作中之綠色感光性 組合物相同之方式製作感光性組合物C。 使用邊感光性組合物c代替有機EL顯示裝置八之製作中 、色以及4色感光性組合物’除此以外,以與製作有機 属不裝置A相同之方式製作有機此顯示裝置。(實施例2 143898.doc -82- 201037828 之顯不裝置)。 此時’ R與G之濾光片具有共用之組成,因此r、g、b 之3色之渡光片成為8濾光片與RG共用濾光片之2色之濾光 片’藉此可將圖案化設定為2個階段。 (實施例3) 於色素分散液B之製備中’將以通式(II)所表示之化合物 (Π 7)之一为之一的量等重量地置換成上述例示化合物 1),除此以外,以相同之方式製作色素分散液D。 <著色感光性組合物之製備與有機EL裝置之製作> 於有機EL顯示裝置B之製作中的感光性樹脂組合物b之 製備中,以使色素含量達到相同之方式導入了色素分散液 D來代替色素分散液B,除此以外,以與製作感光性組合 物B相同之方式製作感光性組合物〇。 進而,全面使用感光性樹脂組合物D代替有機EL顯示裝 置A之製作中的經圖案化之R、G、B之濾光片,除此以 外,以與製作有機£1^顯示裝置a相同之方式製作有機EL裝 置D(實施例3之顯示裝置)。 此時,R、G、B之各發光元件上所積層之濾光片共用且 為一種,因此可將圖案化僅設定為用於使濾光片成為所需 要之形狀之1個階段。 (比較例2) 〈有機EL裝置之製作> 於有機EL顯示裝置A之製作中,於有機虹發光元件 l〇R、10G、10B中將有機層13之厚度均設為相同之135 143898.doc 83· 201037828 (不形成微空腔),除此以外,以與製作有機EL顯示裝置a 元全相同之方式製作有機EL顯示裝置E。 (實施例4 ) <有機EL裝置之製作> 於有機EL顯示裝置D之製作中,於有機队發光元件 10R、l〇G' 1〇B中將有機層13之厚度均設為相同之i35 nm (不形成微空腔),除此以外,以與製作有機El顯示裝置Β 完全相同之方式製作有機EL顯示裝置F。 (實施例5) <顯示裴置前面設置型濾光片之製作> -底塗層之形成- 對厚度為100 μιη之透明之聚對苯二甲酸乙二酯薄膜之兩 個面實施電暈放電處理後,於一個面塗佈包含苯乙烯一丁 一稀共聚物之乳耀·使其厚度成為130 nm,從而形成底塗 層。 -第2底塗層之形成_ 於上述底塗層之上’塗佈包含乙酸與戊二醛之明膠水溶 液使其厚度成為50 nm ’從而形成第2底塗層。 -低折射率層之形成- 於2.50 g之反應性氟聚合物(JN_7219,JSR(股)(JSR Corporation)製造)中添加丨.3 g之第三丁醇,於室溫下攪拌 10分鐘,利用孔徑為1 μΓη之聚丙烯濾光片進行過濾。在與 透明支撐體之底塗面相反側之面,使用棒式塗佈機塗佈所 獲得之低折射率層用塗佈液使其乾燥膜厚成為丨丨〇 nm,铁 143898.doc • 84 - 201037828 後於120°C下乾燥30分鐘使其硬化而形成低折射率層。 •遽光片層之形成- 使0.4 g之以通式(II)所表示之化合物(π_7)、〇·2 g之上述 例示化合物(IV-1)溶解於180 g之明膠之1〇重量%水溶液 中’於40C下授拌30分鐘。利用孔徑為2 μιη之聚丙烯濾光 片過濾溶液而製備濾光片層塗佈液。 於第2底塗層上,塗佈濾光片層用塗佈液使其乾燥膜厚 成為3.3 μηι,然後於12(TC下乾燥1〇分鐘而形成濾光片 層,從而製作特定彩色濾光片。 <有機EL裝置之製作> 於有機EL裝置A之製作中,製作並不進行上述有機£]^裝 置之第1實施形態中之彩色濾光片22之製作者。 進而,利用接著劑黏貼上述所製作之顯示裝置前面設置 型濾光片(未設置有低折射率層之側之面),從而製作有機 EL裝置G。 (實施例6) 使用等重量之以通式⑴所表示之化合物(ι_7)代替有機 EL裝置G之製作中所使用之例示化合物㈣,除此以外, 以與製作有航顯示裝置0相同之方式製作有機抓 置Η。 將以上之實施例中所製作之顯示裝置之製備中所使用的 各成分示於表i。作為遽光片層之分光吸收特性,將於组裝 入顯不裝置之前使时光光度計(日立製作所(HitaehiLtd)製 造之分光光度計U-3500)所測定之值同樣地記載於表卜 143898.doc -85- 201037828 hi 圖案化 次數 (Ν — m — 〇 〇 ;慮光片設置 方式 内置型 内置型 Ί 内置型 ! 内置型 [ i 内置型 内置型 前面設置型 前面設置型 濾光月之分光吸收特性 相對於550~620 nm峰值之比率 500 nm之光學密度之比率幻2% 630 nm之光學密度之比率512% 不符合 不符合 1 oo m 楔衡〇 Η 5 G C Ο 〇 ^ 3 容1 00 ΓΟ 蛛韻· £ ^ 楔樹〇 ihti ati s ε C C Ο 〇 Ο 1 i 不符合 oo m £ ^ 掷翻〇 S £ d c: Ο 〇 泛S £ 樹铤〇 ε β C C Ο 〇 〇 «Ο Ό ^ m £ 禊楔〇 ε s C C Ο 〇 ^ 3 540〜600 nm 之峰值 . J 不符合 _1 不符合 590 nm 〇 590 nm o . 1 ______ j 不符合 590 nm 〇 592 nm 〇 592 nm 〇 相對於475-525 nm峰值之比率 450 nm之光學密度之比率5% 540 nm之光學密度之比率幻0% 不符合 450 nm之光學密度之比率:12% 540nm之光學密度之比率:1% 〇 不符合 450nm之光學密度之比率:12% 540nm之光學密度之比率·_ 1% L—— _ 〇 不符合 450nm之光學密度之比率:12% 540nm之光學密度之比率:1% 〇 450 nm之光學密度之比率:12% 540 nm之光學密度之比率:1% 〇 450nm之光學密度之比率:9% 540 nm之光學密度之比率:0.5% 〇 475-525 nm 之峰值 不符合 1 ! _1 B O〇 5 不符合 490 nm 〇 J 不符合 490 nm 〇 493 nm 〇 510nm 〇 彩色濾光 片使用特 定染料 1 -1 II-7 — 1 IV-1 II-7 IV-1 « ΙΪ-7 IV-1 II-7 IV-1 1-7 IV-1 彩色濾光片 使用顏料 i ^ i 堪堪 顏料紅254 顏料紅177 顏料藍15:6 顏料紫23 ( 顏料綠36 1顏料黃150 |顏料藍15:6 ,顏料紫23 1顏料紅254 顏料紅177 t 1 1 顯示裝置A 顯示裝置B ί 顯示裝置C 顯示裝置D i 1顯示裝置E 顯示裝置F 顯示裝置G 顯示裝置Η 比較例1 1 實施例1 1 實施例2 實施例3 比較例2 實施例4 實施例5 實施例6 143898.doc -86 - 201037828 <有機EL顯示裝置之評價> -色彩再現區域、透過率- 關於各有機EL顯示裝置之色度以及亮度,相對於顯示裝 . 置於法線方向上設置色彩亮度計(TOPCON(股)公司 (TOPCON TECHNOHOUSE Corporation)製造之 BM-5)來測 定色度(X值、y值)以及亮度(cd/m2)。 (色彩再現區域) 測定顯示R、G、B各色時之CIE (Commission Internationale 〇 de L'Eclairage,國際照明委員會)色度值,並利用NTSC比 表示CIE色度於圖上之再現區域。 此處,所謂NTSC 係 National Television System Committee (全國電視系統委員會)之略語,NTSC規格係彩色電視機播 放方式之規格之一。所謂NTSC比係指以對於NTSC規格之 面積比率表示CIE標準之xy色度圖上之色彩再現範圍者。 (透過率) 關於R、G、B各色,將設置彩色濾光片後之亮度相對於 ◎ 無彩色濾光片時所測定之亮度的比(%)作為透過率,並取3 色之平均值作為顯示裝置之透過率之標準。 • 將該等結果不於胃表2。 -觀察方向依存性- 由10位官能檢查員評價顯示灰色時之自法線方向與相對 於法線方向為45度之角度所觀察到之顏色的不同,並進行 5階段評價’求出平均點,示於表2。 (評價基準) 143898.doc •87- 201037828 5 :完全未確認到差異。 4 ··可識別出稍許差異。 3 :可識別出差異。 2 :差異較大。 ’反成元全不同之顏色。 [表2] 比較例1 實施例1 : ----- —---------- NTSC 比 峰值透過率 __^方向依存性 Ρ示裝置A __^裝置B 88 89 __ 42 2 __ 65 ------- 4 實施例2 县目"ff·姑班r1 88 實掩^歹ι|3 於只小激p 1 63 4 比較例2 ΪΤ施例 實施例5 —顯不裝置D 91 62 5 一裝置e 72 一 39 61 —i 5 顯示裝置F 顯示裝置G 91 — 89 實施例6 顯不裝置Η 90 01 一 64 5 5After the development treatment, the washing step of the remaining developer is removed by washing, and after drying, the film is completely cured (post-baking). ^ ^ The rinsing step is usually carried out using pure water, but in order to save the liquid, it can be cleaned first by using the used pure water, or after the substrate is tilted, or by ultrasonic irradiation, and finally by pure water. . After the rinsing, dehydration and drying are carried out, followed by heat treatment usually at about 200 ° C to 250 t:. The heat treatment (post-bake) may use a heating plate or a convection oven (hot air circulation dryer) or a high-frequency heating device to heat the coated film continuously or batchwise in a manner to achieve the above conditions. . The above operations are sequentially performed for each color in accordance with the required number of tones, whereby a color filter formed with a cured film colored with a plurality of colors can be produced. The above-mentioned number of tones is usually three colors of r, G, and b. However, in the present invention, the number of tones may be 2 or 1, and the above-described series of operations may be reduced or not performed, and may also contribute to The steps are simple. 143898.doc • 77- 201037828 The display device of the present invention, which is represented by an organic EL display device, is provided with an organic EL light-emitting element and a color filter formed by the above method, so that high color reproducibility and high brightness can be obtained. Excellent effect. [Examples] Hereinafter, the present invention will be specifically described by way of examples, but the present invention is not limited to the following examples as long as the scope of the invention is not exceeded. In addition, "parts" are quality standards as long as there is no special explanation in advance. (Comparative Example 1) An organic EL display device 8 (display device of Comparative Example 1) was produced using a color light-passing sheet produced from a pigment widely used in the conventional liquid crystal display device. <Preparation of Pigment Dispersion> - Preparation of Dispersion of Pigment Green 36 - The following composition was dispersed by a sand mill for 1 hour. • 75 parts of benzyl methacrylate/mercaptoacrylic acid copolymer (copolymerization ratio 70/30 weight average molecular weight 30,000, acid value 40) • Pigment green 36 丨 25 parts • Propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate 450 parts - Preparation of Dispersion of Pigment Yellow 150 - The following composition was dispersed by a sand mill for 15 hours, thereby preparing a dispersion of Pigment Yellow 150. '125 parts 10 parts Pigment Yellow 15 0 Polyethylene hydrogen η ratio. Each _ (made by Wako Pure Chemical Co., Ltd., Κ30, molecular weight 40,000) benzyl methacrylate methacrylate copolymer 65 parts 143898.doc •78- 201037828 (copolymerization ratio 70/30 weight average molecular weight is 30000, acid value 4〇) acetic acid-1-methoxy-2-propyl ester Λ 450 parts - preparation of pigment dispersion for red filter and blue filter _ 分散 dispersion of pigment green 36 In the preparation, the pigment green % is replaced by a pigment obtained by mixing Pigment Red 254/Pigment Red 177 at a ratio of 6/4 (mass ratio), or by making Pigment Blue 15:6/Pigment Violet 23 at 9:1 (mass ratio). A red color filter and a pigment dispersion liquid for a blue color filter were prepared in the same manner as in the preparation of the dispersion of Pigment Green 36, except that the pigment was mixed. <Preparation of coloring photosensitive composition> - Green photosensitive composition - A green photosensitive composition was prepared using the following composition. • Green filter, pigment dispersion for light film: 100 parts as a green pigment dispersion, using 100 parts of the pigment dispersion of Pigment Green 36 and the pigment dispersion of Pigment Yellow 150 in a ratio of 90:10 A pigment dispersion for a green filter. • Alkali-soluble resin: 5% by mass solution of methacrylic acid/benzyl methacrylate copolymer ((=30/70 [mr ratio]), weight average molecular weight: 30,000, solvent: acetic acid-1-methoxy Base-2-propyl ester) 15 parts • Polymerizable compound: DPHA (manufactured by Sakamoto Chemical Co., Ltd.) dipentaerythritol hexaacrylate 6 parts • Photopolymerization initiator: 2-(o-chlorophenyl)-4,5- Diphenylimidazole dimer 2 parts • Sensitizing dye: 4,4·-bis(diethylamino)diphenyl ketone 1 part 143898.doc -79- 201037828 0.5 parts 0.001 parts • Hydrogen-donating compound: 2 - Mercaptobenzothiazole • Polymerization inhibitor: p-methoxyphenol • Fluorinated surfactant (trade name: MEgafac R08 manufactured by Dainippon Ink) 〇〇 2 parts • Solvent: Acetic acid-1-methoxy_2_propyl 128 parts of ester-red and blue photosensitive composition_100 parts of pigment dispersion liquid for green filter in preparation of green photosensitive composition, respectively, 85 parts of pigment dispersion liquid for red color filter, or blue Red was prepared in the same manner as the preparation of the green photosensitive composition, except that 45 parts of the pigment dispersion liquid for the filter was used. And blue photosensitive composition. <Production of Organic EL Display Device> In the same manner as the embodiment of the above-described organic EL device, the color filter 22 is patterned on the drive panel side of the sealing substrate 21 to be R, G, and B. . The exposure and development systems for patterning the two compositions were carried out in three stages. When the color filter was produced, the coloring photosensitive composition was used, and the film thicknesses of the respective colors of R, G, and B were set to 3.1 μm. In the case of the organic EL light-emitting elements 1〇R, 10G, and 10Ββ having the same configuration as that of the above-described first embodiment, the second electrode 12 includes an aluminum alloy containing 98% by mass of aluminum and has a thickness of 2 〇〇 nm. . The hole injection film layer 13A contains chromium oxide (?) and has a thickness of 4 nm. The organic layer contains the materials exemplified in the above embodiments, and the total thickness thereof is organic. The light-emitting element is 14389.doc-80 - 201037828 It is 125 nm in 10R, ιι〇nm in organic EM^ light element 1〇G, and 93 nm (microcavity is formed) in organic ELs optical element 1〇β. The second electrode 14 is included with the first The electrode 12 is made of the same material and has a thickness of 17 nm. The organic display device A is fabricated in the above manner. Fig. 6 is a view showing the spectral spectrum of the light source of the organic EL light-emitting elements 10R, 1〇G, and 1B. The vertical axis of the graph represents the luminous intensity (relative value), the horizontal axis represents the wavelength, the solid line diagram (Series 3) represents the source spectrum of the green organic EL light-emitting element, and the dotted line diagram (Series 2) represents the red organic EL light-emitting element. The light source spectrum and the single-dotted line diagram (series 丨) indicate the light source spectrum of the blue organic ELa optical element. The display device of each of the comparative examples and the following examples and comparative examples is provided with an organic light having the spectral spectrum. EL light-emitting element. (Example 1) < Preparation of the dispersion of the pigments > 150 parts of 10 parts of hydrazine • Compound (II-7) represented by the formula (II) • Polyvinyl hydrogen. bis- ketone (manufactured by Wako Pure Chemical Industries Co., Ltd., Κ30, molecular weight is 4〇,〇〇〇) • Benzyl methacrylate/methacrylic acid copolymer 65 parts (total 5^ composition ratio 70/30 weight average molecular weight 30,000, acid value 40) 450 parts of acetic acid-1-oxime Benzyl-2-propyl ester The above components were mixed at 80 ° C and 10 atm to prepare a pigment dispersion liquid B. <Preparation of a coloring photosensitive composition and production of an organic EL device> In an organic EL display device A In the preparation of the green photosensitive resin composition, 143898.doc -81 - 201037828 is prepared by replacing all of the pigment green 36 and the pigment yellow 150 by the weight of the compound (11_7) represented by the formula (II). In the same manner as the green photosensitive composition in the production of the organic EL device, the photosensitive composition B was produced in the same manner as the organic photosensitive device B. The photosensitive composition B was used instead of the organic EL display device a. Blue and green photosensitive compositions in production, among other things, An organic EL display device B (display device of the embodiment!) is produced in the same manner as the organic display device A. At this time, the filters of B (blue) and G (green) have a common composition. Therefore, R, G, The filter of the three colors of B becomes a filter of two colors of the filter filter and the BG, and the patterning can be set to two stages. (Example 2) <Pigment dispersion Production> In the preparation of the pigment dispersion B, an equal weight of the above-exemplified compound (iv-i) is used instead of the compound (ι-7) represented by the formula (11), except in the same manner. A pigment dispersion C was prepared. <Preparation of coloring photosensitive composition and preparation of organic EL device> In preparation of green photosensitive resin composition 〇 in the production of organic EL display device a, all pigment green 36 and pigment yellow 15 将The photosensitive composition C was produced in the same manner as the green photosensitive composition in the production of the organic anal device a except that the compound was replaced by an amount equal to two parts by weight (IV_M introduced into the dye dispersion liquid C). In the same manner as in the production of the organic-based device A, the photosensitive composition c was produced in the same manner as in the production of the organic-based display device. 143898.doc -82- 201037828 The device is not installed.) At this time, the filters of R and G have a common composition, so the three colors of r, g, and b are used as the 8 filters and the RG filter. The two-color filter of the light sheet 'The patterning can be set to two stages. (Example 3) In the preparation of the pigment dispersion B, 'the compound represented by the general formula (II) will be '(Π 7 One of the quantities is replaced by the same amount as the above example Compound 1), except that, in the same manner as the pigment dispersion liquid prepared D. <Preparation of coloring photosensitive composition and preparation of organic EL device> In the preparation of the photosensitive resin composition b in the production of the organic EL display device B, the pigment dispersion liquid was introduced in such a manner that the pigment content was the same. A photosensitive composition 〇 was produced in the same manner as in the production of the photosensitive composition B except that D was used instead of the pigment dispersion B. Further, the photosensitive resin composition D is used in place of the patterned R, G, and B filters in the production of the organic EL display device A, and is the same as the organic display device a. In the manner, an organic EL device D (display device of Example 3) was produced. At this time, since the filters stacked on the respective light-emitting elements of R, G, and B are common to one type, the patterning can be set only to one stage for making the filter into a desired shape. (Comparative Example 2) <Production of Organic EL Device> In the production of the organic EL display device A, the thickness of the organic layer 13 was set to the same 135 143898 in the organic rainbow light-emitting elements 10R, 10G, and 10B. Doc 83·201037828 (The microcavity is not formed), and the organic EL display device E is produced in the same manner as in the production of the organic EL display device a. (Example 4) <Production of Organic EL Device> In the production of the organic EL display device D, the thickness of the organic layer 13 was set to be the same in the organic light-emitting elements 10R and 10' G' 1B. An organic EL display device F was produced in the same manner as in the production of an organic EL display device, except that i35 nm (the microcavity was not formed). (Example 5) <Production of the filter provided in front of the display device> - Formation of the undercoat layer - Electricity was applied to both sides of a transparent polyethylene terephthalate film having a thickness of 100 μm After the halo discharge treatment, the emulsion containing the styrene-butadiene-thick copolymer was coated on one side to have a thickness of 130 nm to form an undercoat layer. - Formation of the second undercoat layer - On the above undercoat layer, an aqueous gelatin solution containing acetic acid and glutaraldehyde was applied to have a thickness of 50 nm' to form a second undercoat layer. - Formation of a low refractive index layer - 2.50 g of a third butyl alcohol was added to a reactive fluoropolymer (JN_7219, JSR (manufactured by JSR Corporation)), and stirred at room temperature for 10 minutes. Filtration was carried out using a polypropylene filter having a pore size of 1 μΓ. On the side opposite to the undercoat surface of the transparent support, the coating liquid for the low refractive index layer obtained by coating with a bar coater was used to have a dry film thickness of 丨丨〇nm, iron 143898.doc • 84 - 201037828 After drying at 120 ° C for 30 minutes to harden it to form a low refractive index layer. • Formation of calendering layer - 0.4 g of the above-exemplified compound (IV-1) represented by the formula (II), 〇·2 g, dissolved in 180 g of gelatin In aqueous solution, 'mix at 40 C for 30 minutes. A filter layer coating liquid was prepared by filtering a solution using a polypropylene filter having a pore size of 2 μηη. On the second undercoat layer, the coating liquid for the filter layer was applied to have a dried film thickness of 3.3 μm, and then dried at 12 (TC for 1 minute to form a filter layer, thereby producing a specific color filter. <Production of Organic EL Device> In the production of the organic EL device A, a creator of the color filter 22 in the first embodiment which does not perform the above-described organic device is manufactured. Further, The organic EL device G was produced by adhering the filter (the side on the side where the low refractive index layer is not provided) of the display device prepared as described above. (Example 6) Using an equal weight, expressed by the formula (1) An organic grasping crucible was produced in the same manner as in the production of the aeronautical display device 0, except that the compound (i) was used instead of the exemplary compound (IV) used in the production of the organic EL device G. The components used in the preparation of the display device are shown in Table 1. As the spectral absorption characteristics of the calender sheet, a time photometer (a spectrophotometer U manufactured by Hitaehi Ltd) will be used before being assembled into the display device. -3500) measured The value is similarly described in Table 143898.doc -85- 201037828 hi Number of patternings (Ν — m — 〇〇; light film setting method built-in type built-in type built-in type! Built-in type [ i Built-in type built-in front setting The ratio of the optical absorption density of the front filter type with respect to the peak value of 550 to 620 nm is 500%. The ratio of the optical density of 630 nm is 512%. The non-conformity does not match the 1 oo m wedge balance. 5 GC Ο 〇^ 3 容1 00 ΓΟ spider rhyme · £ ^ wedge tree 〇ihti ati s ε CC Ο 〇Ο 1 i does not match oo m £ ^ 〇 〇 S £ dc: Ο 〇 S S £ 铤〇 铤〇 β CC Ο 〇〇 «Ο Ό ^ m £ 禊 wedge 〇 ε CC Ο 〇 ^ 3 540~600 nm peak. J does not match _1 does not meet 590 nm 〇590 nm o . 1 ______ j does not meet 590 nm 〇 592 nm 〇592 nm 〇 relative to 475-525 nm peak ratio 450 nm optical density ratio 5% 540 nm optical density ratio illusion 0% does not meet 450 nm optical density ratio: 12% 540 nm optical density Ratio: 1% 〇 does not meet the optical density ratio of 450nm: 12% 540nm Ratio of density of learning · _ 1% L - _ 〇 does not meet the ratio of optical density of 450 nm: 12% ratio of optical density of 540 nm: 1% ratio of optical density of 〇 450 nm: 12% optical density of 540 nm Ratio: 1% 光学450nm optical density ratio: 9% 540 nm optical density ratio: 0.5% 〇475-525 nm peak does not match 1 ! _1 BO〇5 does not meet 490 nm 〇J does not meet 490 nm 〇 493 nm 〇510nm 〇Color filter using specific dye 1 -1 II-7 — 1 IV-1 II-7 IV-1 « ΙΪ-7 IV-1 II-7 IV-1 1-7 IV-1 Color filter Light film using pigment i ^ i Kanchan Pigment Red 254 Pigment Red 177 Pigment Blue 15:6 Pigment Violet 23 (Pigment Green 36 1 Pigment Yellow 150 | Pigment Blue 15:6, Pigment Violet 23 1 Pigment Red 254 Pigment Red 177 t 1 1 Display device A Display device B ί Display device C Display device D i Display device E Display device F Display device G Display device Η Comparative example 1 1 Example 1 1 Example 2 Example 3 Comparative example 2 Example 4 Example 5 Example 6 143898.doc -86 - 201037828 <Evaluation of organic EL display device> -Color reproduction area, transmittance - About each The chromaticity and brightness of the organic EL display device are set in the normal direction with respect to the display device. A color luminance meter (BM-5 manufactured by TOPCON TECHNOHOUSE Corporation) is used to measure the chromaticity (X value, y value) and brightness (cd/m2). (Color reproduction area) The CIE (Commission Internationale 〇 de L'Eclairage) chromaticity value when R, G, and B colors are displayed is measured, and the CIE chromaticity is represented by the NTSC ratio on the reproduction area on the map. Here, the NTSC is the abbreviation of the National Television System Committee, and the NTSC specification is one of the specifications of the color television broadcasting method. The NTSC ratio refers to a color reproduction range on the xy chromaticity diagram of the CIE standard expressed by the area ratio for the NTSC specification. (Transmittance) Regarding the respective colors of R, G, and B, the ratio (%) of the luminance after the color filter is set to the luminance measured by the ◎ colorless filter is taken as the transmittance, and the average of the three colors is taken. As the standard of transmittance of the display device. • These results are not in Table 2. - Observation direction dependence - The difference between the color observed from the normal direction and the angle of 45 degrees with respect to the normal direction when the gray color is displayed is evaluated by the 10-member inspector, and the 5-stage evaluation is performed to find the average point. , shown in Table 2. (Evaluation criteria) 143898.doc •87- 201037828 5 : The difference was not confirmed at all. 4 ·· can identify a slight difference. 3 : The difference can be identified. 2: The difference is large. 'The opposite is the color of the different elements. [Table 2] Comparative Example 1 Example 1: ---------------- NTSC ratio peak transmittance __^ direction dependency display device A__^ device B 88 89 __ 42 2 __ 65 ------- 4 Example 2 County Head "ff·姑班r1 88 实歹^歹ι|3 于小激激 p 1 63 4 Comparative Example 2 ΪΤExample Example 5 - Display No device D 91 62 5 One device e 72 - 39 61 - i 5 Display device F Display device G 91 - 89 Example 6 Display device 01 90 01 - 64 5 5
_由表2之顯示裝置a、E之結果可知,使用先前之液晶 不裝置中所使用之色素所製作的彩色濾光片之分光特性 透過率較低、觀察方向依存性料差者。相對於此,可 使用了具有本發明之分_性之彩色滤光片的實施例之 不裝置B、C、D即使是藉由圖案化次數較少之經簡略化 ==獲得的簡易構成,亦可不會使色料現區域惡化 Γ 透料,進㈣察方向依存性亦得到改良。 特性it精由併用兩種染料’兼具本發明中所規定之兩 向依存性幾乎不存在問題觀察 使步驟更簡略化。 Μ由減少圖案化次數,亦 又 由實施例4之結果可知, 如顯示裝置F般 即使為未 143898.doc •88- 201037828 使用微空腔之光源,亦可根據本發明獲得透過率、色彩再 現性均較高之性能。 又,由實施例5之結果可知,即使於如顯示裝置g般未内 置彩色濾光片,而以前面設置型濾光片之態樣進行配置之 情形時,同樣可獲得本發明之優異之效果。 (實施例7) 於上述有機EL裝置之第二實施形態中所製作之顯示裝 置’即藉由於驅動用基板u之上’自驅動用基板u之側依 〇 次積層第2電極14、有機層13以及第i電極12,且自驅動用 基板11之側使光射出之形態所構成的顯示裝置中,組裝入 實施例3之顯示裝置D中所使用之彩色遽光片,結果可確認 該顯不裝置表現出與實施例3相同之效果。由此可知,本 發明之特定彩色濾光片即使於取第2實施形態之顯示裝置 中,亦可與第1實施形態同樣地獲得本發明之優異之效 果。 _ 【圖式簡單說明】 圖1係本發明之第1實施形態之使用了有機el發光元件之 顯示裝置的刮面結構; 圖2係有機EL發光元件〗0R、1〇B中之有機層13之構成之 放大圖; 圖3係有機EL發光元件1〇G中之有機層13之構成之放大 圖, 圖4A表示先前之有機肛顯示裝置之製造方法之步驟 中,驅動面板之概略剖面圖,圖仙表示密封面板之概略剖 143898.doc -89- 201037828 面圖; 圖5A係有機EL顯示裝置之製造方法之步驟中,對驅動 面板賦予接著層之狀態之概略剖面圖,圖5B係表示使圖 5A中所示之驅動面板與密封面板黏合之態樣的概略剖面 圖;及 圖6係表示實施例中所使用之有機EL發光元件10R、 10G、10B之光源之分光光譜的圖。 【主要元件符號說明】 10From the results of the display devices a and E of Table 2, it is understood that the color filter having a color filter used in the conventional liquid crystal non-device has a low spectral transmittance and a poor transmittance in the observation direction. On the other hand, in the embodiment of the color filter having the color filter of the present invention, the simple configuration in which the devices B, C, and D are obtained by simplification == with a small number of patternings can be used. It is also possible not to deteriorate the current area of the color material, and to improve the dependence on the direction. The characteristic is that the two dyes are used in combination, and the two-way dependence specified in the present invention has almost no problem observation, and the steps are simplified. By reducing the number of patternings, it is also known from the results of the fourth embodiment that, as in the display device F, even if the light source of the microcavity is not used, the transmittance and color reproduction can be obtained according to the present invention. High performance. Moreover, as is clear from the results of the fifth embodiment, even when the color filter is not incorporated as in the display device g, and the arrangement is performed in the state of the front-mounted filter, the excellent effect of the present invention can be obtained. . (Example 7) The display device manufactured in the second embodiment of the above-described organic EL device is formed by stacking the second electrode 14 and the organic layer on the side of the self-driving substrate u on the substrate u for driving. 13 and the i-th electrode 12, and the color light-emitting sheet used in the display device D of the third embodiment is incorporated in the display device including the light-emitting side of the driving substrate 11, and the result can be confirmed. The non-device exhibited the same effect as that of the third embodiment. As a result, the specific color filter of the present invention can obtain the excellent effects of the present invention in the same manner as in the first embodiment, even in the display device of the second embodiment. BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS Fig. 1 is a plan view showing a shaving surface structure of a display device using an organic EL light-emitting device according to a first embodiment of the present invention; and Fig. 2 is an organic layer 13 in an organic EL light-emitting device of 0R and 1B. FIG. 3 is an enlarged view showing the configuration of the organic layer 13 in the organic EL light-emitting device 1A, and FIG. 4A is a schematic cross-sectional view showing the driving panel in the steps of the method for manufacturing the organic organic display device. FIG. 5A is a schematic cross-sectional view showing a state in which a driving layer is provided with an adhesive layer in a step of manufacturing a method of manufacturing an organic EL display device, and FIG. 5B is a schematic cross-sectional view showing a state in which a driving layer is provided with an adhesive layer, and FIG. Fig. 5A is a schematic cross-sectional view showing a state in which a driving panel and a sealing panel are bonded; and Fig. 6 is a view showing a spectral spectrum of a light source of the organic EL light-emitting elements 10R, 10G, and 10B used in the embodiment. [Main component symbol description] 10
10B、10G、10R 11 1210B, 10G, 10R 11 12
13 13A 13B 13C 1413 13A 13B 13C 14
15 20 21 22 22B 22G 22R15 20 21 22 22B 22G 22R
驅動面板 有機EL發光元件 10R 第1電極 有機層 電洞傳輸層 發光層 電子傳輸層 第2電極 保護膜 密封面板 密封用基板 彩色濾光片 藍色遽光片 綠色渡光片 紅色j慮光片 143898.doc -90- 201037828 30 接著層 PI 第1端部 Ρ2 第2端部Driving Panel Organic EL Light-Emitting Element 10R First Electrode Organic Layer Hole Transport Layer Light-Emitting Layer Electron Transport Layer Second Electrode Protective Film Sealing Panel Sealing Substrate Color Filter Blue Twilight Green E-Panel Red J-Lighting Film 143898 .doc -90- 201037828 30 Next layer PI 1st end Ρ 2 2nd end
143898.doc •91 -143898.doc •91 -
Claims (1)
Applications Claiming Priority (1)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
JP2008331351 | 2008-12-25 |
Publications (1)
Publication Number | Publication Date |
---|---|
TW201037828A true TW201037828A (en) | 2010-10-16 |
Family
ID=42637790
Family Applications (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
TW098144825A TW201037828A (en) | 2008-12-25 | 2009-12-24 | Display device |
Country Status (3)
Country | Link |
---|---|
JP (1) | JP2010171007A (en) |
KR (1) | KR20100075746A (en) |
TW (1) | TW201037828A (en) |
Cited By (5)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
TWI488296B (en) * | 2012-06-14 | 2015-06-11 | Au Optronics Corp | Organic electroluminescent display panel and manufacturing method thereof |
CN106019760A (en) * | 2016-07-07 | 2016-10-12 | 熊昆立 | Production method of full-color electronic paper |
TWI581478B (en) * | 2014-12-31 | 2017-05-01 | 北京維信諾科技有限公司 | OLED device with optical resonant layer and preparation method thereof |
TWI588540B (en) * | 2012-05-09 | 2017-06-21 | 半導體能源研究所股份有限公司 | Display device and electronic device |
CN108779357A (en) * | 2015-12-18 | 2018-11-09 | 住友金属矿山株式会社 | Anti-forgery ink composition, anti-forgery ink and the anti-fake manufacturing method with printed article, anti-forgery ink composition |
Families Citing this family (10)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
JP2011221515A (en) | 2010-03-23 | 2011-11-04 | Fujifilm Corp | Color filter and electronic display apparatus |
KR101982728B1 (en) * | 2012-12-28 | 2019-05-27 | 엘지디스플레이 주식회사 | Organic light emitting diodes display device |
JP2014132522A (en) | 2013-01-04 | 2014-07-17 | Japan Display Inc | Organic EL display device |
CN103645581A (en) * | 2013-11-18 | 2014-03-19 | 上海和辉光电有限公司 | Display panel and manufacturing method thereof |
KR20150086763A (en) | 2014-01-20 | 2015-07-29 | 삼성디스플레이 주식회사 | Light emitting display device and method for fabricating the same |
JP6213938B2 (en) * | 2014-06-06 | 2017-10-18 | パナソニックIpマネジメント株式会社 | Wavelength control optical member, light emitting device, and lighting fixture |
KR102323281B1 (en) * | 2014-10-31 | 2021-11-05 | 엘지디스플레이 주식회사 | Organic light emitting display device |
JP2016171201A (en) * | 2015-03-12 | 2016-09-23 | パナソニックIpマネジメント株式会社 | Luminaire |
KR20170100877A (en) * | 2016-02-26 | 2017-09-05 | 동우 화인켐 주식회사 | Colored photosensitive resin composition for pixel |
JP2018112715A (en) * | 2017-01-13 | 2018-07-19 | 大日本印刷株式会社 | Color filter and display |
Family Cites Families (5)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
KR100684343B1 (en) * | 1998-10-20 | 2007-02-20 | 후지필름 홀딩스 가부시끼가이샤 | Optical filter |
JP4428979B2 (en) * | 2003-09-30 | 2010-03-10 | 三洋電機株式会社 | Organic EL panel |
JP4716699B2 (en) * | 2003-09-30 | 2011-07-06 | 三洋電機株式会社 | Organic EL panel |
JP2007227273A (en) * | 2006-02-27 | 2007-09-06 | Hitachi Displays Ltd | Color organic el display device |
JP2008059836A (en) * | 2006-08-30 | 2008-03-13 | Mitsui Chemicals Inc | ELECTROLUMINESCENT DISPLAY DEVICE AND SEALING AGENT FOR ELECTROLUMINESCENT DISPLAY DEVICE |
-
2009
- 2009-12-22 KR KR1020090128868A patent/KR20100075746A/en not_active Application Discontinuation
- 2009-12-24 TW TW098144825A patent/TW201037828A/en unknown
- 2009-12-25 JP JP2009296249A patent/JP2010171007A/en not_active Abandoned
Cited By (6)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
TWI588540B (en) * | 2012-05-09 | 2017-06-21 | 半導體能源研究所股份有限公司 | Display device and electronic device |
TWI488296B (en) * | 2012-06-14 | 2015-06-11 | Au Optronics Corp | Organic electroluminescent display panel and manufacturing method thereof |
TWI581478B (en) * | 2014-12-31 | 2017-05-01 | 北京維信諾科技有限公司 | OLED device with optical resonant layer and preparation method thereof |
CN108779357A (en) * | 2015-12-18 | 2018-11-09 | 住友金属矿山株式会社 | Anti-forgery ink composition, anti-forgery ink and the anti-fake manufacturing method with printed article, anti-forgery ink composition |
CN106019760A (en) * | 2016-07-07 | 2016-10-12 | 熊昆立 | Production method of full-color electronic paper |
CN106019760B (en) * | 2016-07-07 | 2018-08-10 | 熊昆立 | The production method of color electronic paper |
Also Published As
Publication number | Publication date |
---|---|
JP2010171007A (en) | 2010-08-05 |
KR20100075746A (en) | 2010-07-05 |
Similar Documents
Publication | Publication Date | Title |
---|---|---|
TW201037828A (en) | Display device | |
TWI518380B (en) | Color filter and image display device having the same | |
KR101533669B1 (en) | Blue-colored composition for color filter, color filter and color display | |
TWI667297B (en) | Colored composition, cured film using colored composition, color filter, method for forming pattern, method for manufacturing color filter, solid-state imaging element, image display device, and dye multimer | |
JP6051657B2 (en) | Green coloring composition for organic EL display device, color filter, and organic EL display device | |
TWI583745B (en) | Colored composition, cured film using the same, color filter, pattern forming method, method for producing color filter, solid-state imaging device, and image display device | |
CN102482508B (en) | Color curable composition and method of preparing the same, color filter and method of producing the same, and solid-state image pick-up device | |
CN104880910B (en) | Coloring composition, colored cured film, and display element | |
CN101685255B (en) | Coloring photosensitive composition, color filter and liquid crystal display | |
KR102116438B1 (en) | Colored composition for color filter and color filter | |
TW201708955A (en) | Method for producing colored layer, color filter, light shielding film, solid-state imaging element, and image display device | |
CN105027003B (en) | Coloring photosensitive combination, cured film, colored filter and its manufacturing method, liquid crystal display device and solid photographic element | |
TWI499646B (en) | Photosensitive resin composition for color filter, and color filter prepared using the same | |
TWI505028B (en) | Red color hardening composition, color filter manufacturing method, color filter, and liquid crystal display element | |
TW201219369A (en) | wherein the colored composition of excellent preservation stability is capable of forming a colored film with high heat and light tolerance | |
JP5573416B2 (en) | Color filter and color display device | |
JP2017116767A (en) | Photosensitive colored composition, color filter and organic el display device | |
JP2010067482A (en) | Organic el display | |
TW201035049A (en) | Colored photopolymerizable composition, method for producing colored pattern, and color filter and liquid crystal display device with the color filter | |
TW201245343A (en) | Colored composition, colored cured film, color filter, method for producing color filter, liquid crystal display device, solid-state image sensing device and novel dipyrromethene metal complex compound or tautomer thereof | |
KR102555416B1 (en) | Colored curable resin composition | |
TW201213336A (en) | Colored curable composition, fabricating method of color filter, color filter, solid state imaging device, and liquid crystal display apparatus | |
TW201243495A (en) | Blue color photosensitive composition, color filter, method of manufacturing color filter, liquid crystal display device, and organic EL display device | |
WO2022065215A1 (en) | Composition, film, optical filter, solid-state imaging sensor, image display device, infrared sensor, camera module, compound, and infrared absorber | |
JP2010067601A (en) | Organic el display |